Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
Deposit is a type of ____________
(a) Owned capital
(b) Short term loan
(c) Long term loan
Answer:
(b) Short term loan

Question 2.
Eligible Public Company and Government Company can collect deposits from ____________
(a) It’s employees
(b) Public
(c) RBI
Answer:
(b) Public

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 3.
A private company can accept deposits from its Member of Directors up to not more than ____________ % of its aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.
(a) 100
(b) 35
(c) 25
Answer:
(a) 100

Question 4.
A ____________ Company can accept deposits from the public not exceeding 35% of its paid-up share capital and free reserves.
(a) Government
(b) Private
(c) Eligible Public
Answer:
(a) Government

Question 5.
Deposits can be accepted for a minimum of 6 months and maximum for ____________ months.
(a) 36
(b) 3
(c) 30
Answer:
(a) 36

Question 6.
Company issues ____________ to invite its members to subscribe for its deposit scheme.
(a) Advertisement
(b) Circular
(c) Newspaper
Answer:
(b) Circular

Question 7.
The company can issue a circular or advertisement for inviting deposits after ____________ days of filing it with the Registrar of Companies.
(a) 30
(b) 21
(c) 7
Answer:
(a) 30

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 8.
Company has to appoint ____________ to protect the interest of depositors.
(a) Debenture Trustees
(b) Deposit Trustees
(c) Credit Rating Agency
Answer:
(a) Deposit Trustees

Question 9.
Charge on assets is to be created when a company issues ____________
(a) Unsecured deposit
(b) Unsecured Debenture
(c) Secured deposit
Answer:
(c) Secured deposit

Question 10.
Deposit Receipt is issued within ____________ days of receipt of deposit.
(a) 7
(b) 30
(c) 21
Answer:
(c) 21

Question 11.
For premature repayment of deposit, company deducts ____________ % of interest.
(a) 1
(b) 18
(c) 20
Answer:
(a) 1

Question 12.
Return of deposit must be filed every year on or before ____________
(a) 30 June
(b) 31 March
(c) 30 April
Answer:
(a) 30 June

1B. Match the pairs.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Private Company (1) 10% of the aggregate of paid-up share capital + free reserves
(b) Deposit Trust Deed (2) Signed at least 7 days before issuing advertisement
(c) Secured Deposit (3) Maximum 30 months
(d) Tenure of deposit (4) Charge on tangible assets
(e) Return of Deposit (5) 100% aggregate of paid-up share capital + free reserves
(6) File on or before 31 March every year
(7) Signed 21 days after issuing advertisement
(8) Maximum 36 months
(9) Charge on intangible assets
(10) File on or before 30 June every year

Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Private Company (5) 100% aggregate of paid-up share capital + free reserves
(b) Deposit Trust Deed (2) Signed at least 7 days before issuing advertisement
(c) Secured Deposit (4) Charge on tangible assets
(d) Tenure of deposit (8) Maximum 36 months
(e) Return of Deposit (10) File on or before 30 June every year

1C. Write a word or a term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
A company that can accept deposits from its members, directors, or their relatives not exceeding 100% of the aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.
Answer:
Private Company

Question 2.
The company can accept deposits from the public up to 35% of its paid-up share capital and free reserves.
Answer:
Government Company

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 3.
Minimum tenure of a deposit.
Answer:
6 months

Question 4.
The maximum tenure of the deposit.
Answer:
36 months

Question 5.
Period within which a company has to create a charge on its tangible assets.
Answer:
30 days of Acceptance

Question 6.
Document issued by a company to invite its members to subscribe for its Deposits.
Answer:
Circular

Question 7.
Agreement between the company and Deposit Trustee.
Answer:
Deposit Trust Deed

Question 8.
The account can be used only for repaying deposits.
Answer:
Deposit Repayment Reserve Account

Question 9.
Time within which company has to issue deposit Receipt.
Answer:
21 days

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 10.
Book which contains details of deposits accepted or renewed.
Answer:
Register of Deposits

1D. State whether the following statements are true or false.

Question 1.
Return of deposit must be filed every year on or before 31 March.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
An eligible public company can collect deposits from its members.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
A government company can collect deposits from its members.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
A private company can collect deposits from the public.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
The deposit can be accepted for a maximum of 36 months.
Answer:
True

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 6.
An eligible public company can collect deposits from the public not exceeding 35% of its paid-up share capital and free reserves.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
For secured deposits, the company has to create a charge on its tangible assets.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Deposit Receipt is issued within 21 days of receipt of deposits.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Company appoints Credit Rating Agency to protect the interest of depositors.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
Deposit Trust Deed is an agreement between the company and Deposit Trustee.
Answer:
True

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Private Company, Eligible Public Company, Government Company.
Answer:
Private company

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 2.
Deposit Trustee, Deposit Trust Deed, Special Resolution.+
Answer:
Special Resolution

Question 3.
Appointment of Deposit Trustee, Appointment of Registrar of companies, Appointment of Credit Rating Agency.
Answer:
Appointment of Registrar of companies

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
Deposit is a type of ____________ term loan.
Answer:
Short term loan

Question 2.
Eligible Public company and Government Company can accept deposits from ____________
Answer:
Public

Question 3.
To collect deposits from the public, Eligible public company must have a net worth of not less than ₹ ____________
Answer:
₹ 100 Crores

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 4.
A Government company can accept deposits from public not exceeding ____________
Answer:
35% of the paid-up share capital and free reserves of the company

Question 5.
Deposits can be accepted or renewed for a period not less 6 months and not more than ____________
Answer:
36 months

Question 6.
Company cannot accept or renew deposits repayable on ____________
Answer:
Demand

Question 7.
Premature repayment of deposits can be done by a company but not before ____________
Answer:
3 months

Question 8.
To invite the public to subscribe for its deposits, a company issues ____________
Answer:
Advertisement

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 9.
Agency which gives ratings of the deposits of a company is called ____________
Answer:
Credit rating agency

Question 10.
Account which is used only for repaying deposits is called ____________
Answer:
Deposit Repayment Reserve Account

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.

Group ‘A’ Group B’
(a) Government Company (1) ………………….
(b) ……………………. (2) Deposits from members
(c) 36 months (3) …………………….
(d) ……………………. (4) Charge on tangible assets
(e) Return of deposit (5) ……………………

(File on or before 30 June, Private Company, Secured deposits, Deposits from public, Maximum tenure of deposits)
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group B’
(a) Government Company (1) Deposits from public
(b) Private Company (2) Deposits from members
(c) 36 months (3) Maximum tenure of deposits
(d) Secured deposits (4) Charge on tangible assets
(e) Return of deposit (5) File on or before 30 June

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
Which companies can accept deposits from the public?
Answer:
Government Companies and Eligible Public companies can accept deposits from the public.

Question 2.
What is the maximum deposit the Government company can collect?
Answer:
Government companies can accept deposits from the public not exceeding 35% of the paid-up share capital and free reserves of the company.

Question 3.
What is the tenure of a deposit?
Answer:
A company can accept deposits for a minimum of 6 months and a maximum of 36 months.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 4.
Who are Deposit Trustees?
Answer:
Eligible companies and public companies have to appoint one or more Deposit Trustees to protect the interest of the depositor, in case a company defaults in repaying the depositors.

Question 5.
What is Deposit Trust Deed?
Answer:
Company signs a contract with the Deposit Trustees called as Trust Deed which contains the terms and conditions of the contract.

Question 6.
When does a company create a charge on its tangible assets?
Answer:
A Company accepting secured deposits from the public has to create a charge on its tangible assets.

Question 7.
Within what period should a company issue a Deposit Receipt?
Answer:
The company has to issue a Deposit Receipt to the depositors within twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of money or realization of cheque.

Question 8.
When should a company file Return of Deposit?
Answer:
A company has to file a Return of Deposit on or before 30 June every year with the Registrar of Companies.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 9.
What is Deposit Repayment Reserve Account?
Answer:
Every company accepting deposits has to open a Deposit Repayment Reserve Account in a scheduled Bank which can be used only for repaying deposits.

Question 10.
What is the Register of Deposit?
Answer:
A company has to maintain a separate Register for deposits accepted or renewed at its registered office which is called as Register of Deposits.

1I. Correct the underlined word/s and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Government companies can accept deposits from members.
Answer:
Government companies can accept deposits from the public.

Question 2.
Company issues advertisement to invite its members for subscribing to its deposits.
Answer:
Company issues are circular to invite its members for subscribing to its deposits.

Question 3.
Company appoints Credit Rating Agency to protect the interest of Depositors.
Answer:
Company appoints Deposit Trustees to protect the interest of Depositors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 4.
Deposit Receipt is issued within 7 days from the date of receipt of deposits.
Answer:
Deposit Receipt is issued within 21 days from the date of receipt of deposits.

Question 5.
Register of deposits is to be filed with the Registrar of companies on or before 30th June every year.
Answer:
Return of deposits is to be filed with the Registrar of companies on or before 30th June every year.

Question 6.
Charge on assets is created when a company issues unsecured deposits.
Answer:
Charge on assets is created when the company issues secured deposits.

Question 7.
The minimum tenure of the deposit is 36 months.
Answer:
The minimum tenure of the deposit is 6 months.

1J. Arrange in proper order.

Question 1.
Appoint Deposit Trustee, Hold General Meeting, Create charge on assets.
Answer:
Hold General Meeting, Appoint Deposit Trustee, Create charge on assets.

Question 2.
File Return of deposit, Issue Deposit Receipt, Issue advertisement.
Answer:
Issue advertisement, Issue Deposit Receipt, File Return of deposit.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 3.
Obtain Credit Rating, Entries in Register of Deposits, Issue Deposit Receipt.
Answer:
Obtain Credit Rating, Issue Deposit Receipt, Entries in Register of Deposits.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts:

Question 1.
Eligible Public Company
Answer:
These companies can accept deposits from their members and also from the public.
Eligible public company means a company having:

  • A net worth, not less than ₹ 100 crores or
  • Turnover not less than ₹ 500 crores and which has obtained prior approval of its shareholders through special resolution for accepting public deposits.

Question 2.
Tenure of Deposit
Answer:

  • Tenure of the deposit is the term or period of deposit.
  • A company can accept deposits for a period of six months or more than thirty-six months.
  • In certain circumstances, a company may accept deposits repayable earlier than six months to meet its short-term needs.
    Premature repayment is made after 3 months.

Question 3.
Secured Deposit
Answer:

  • Secured deposits are those deposits against which a charge is created within 30 days of the issue.
  • A company can accept secured or unsecured deposits which should be clearly mentioned in the circular or advertisement inviting deposits.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 4.
Deposit Trustee
Answer:

  • Deposit Trustee acts as a link between the company and deposit holder.
  • Eligible companies and public companies issuing secured deposits appoint one or more Deposit Trustees.
  • The Trustees protect the interest of the depositor in case a company defaults in repaying the depositors.

Question 5.
Charge on tangible assets
Answer:

  • A Company accepting a secured deposit from the public, within thirty days of acceptance, has to create a charge on its tangible assets for an amount not less than the amount of deposit accepted.
  • It means keeping tangible assets as security for the secured deposit hold.

Question 6.
Deposit Insurance
Answer:

  • Deposit Insurance is a protection cover for deposit holders.
  • It is to be taken at least 30 days before the issue of circular or advertisement.
  • If the amount of deposit plus interest on it is up to ₹ 20,000, insurance is to be taken.

Question 7.
Deposit Repayment Reserve Account
Answer:

  • DRRA is an account opened in a scheduled bank for repaying the deposit amount.
  • Every company has to open DRRA that accepts deposits.
  • Every year, on or before 30 April, the company has to deposit an amount not less than 15% of the number of deposits maturing during the current year and following financial year.

Question 8.
Credit Rating
Answer:

  • Credit rating is an estimate of the ability of the organization to fulfill its financial commitments.
  • Every company has to get a credit rating of its deposits through a Credit Rating Agency.
  • The Credit Rating Agency considers the net worth of the company, liquidity position, ability to repay deposits on time, etc., and accordingly gives a rating.
  • The rating shall be obtained every year during the tenure of the deposits.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 9.
Deposit Receipt
Answer:

  • A deposit Receipt is issued by the company to depositors.
  • Deposit Receipt is issued within twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of money or realization of cheque.
  • The receipt has to be signed by the officer duly authorized by the Board of Directors.
  • The Receipt contains the name and address of the depositor, amount of deposit, rate of interest payable, and date on which it is repayable.

Question 10.
Return of Deposit
Answer:

  • A company has to file a Return of Deposit, on or before 30 June every year, with the Registrar of Companies.
  • The Return gives details of deposit with the company as of 31 March of that year.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. Apple Company Ltd. plans to raise funds through Public Deposits. Its net worth is ₹ 10 Crores.

Question (a).
Can they accept deposits from the public?
Answer:
No, the company cannot accept deposits from the public as its net worth is less than ₹ 100 crores.

Question (b).
Can they accept deposits that mature after 4 years?
Answer:
No, the deposit can be accepted or renewed which mature after four years.

Question (c).
Within what period should the company issue deposit Receipts to its depositors?
Answer:
The company has to issue a Deposit Receipt to the depositors within twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of money or realization of the cheque.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

2. ABC Company Ltd. is an Eligible Public Company as per the Companies Act, 2013 with reference to accepting Public Deposits.

Question (a).
Can the company accept deposits in joint names?
Answer:
Yes, the company can accept deposits in joint names of depositors. But there should not be more than 3 names.

Question (b).
Can the company accept deposits from it’s members?
Answer:
Yes, the company can accept fresh deposits only if the amount of such deposits together with the previous deposits does not exceed 10% of the aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.

Question (c).
Can the company issue secure deposits?
Answer:
Yes, the company can issue a secured deposit only if it is clear which should be clearly mentioned in the circular or advertisement inviting deposits.

3. Apple Company Ltd. is an Eligible Public Company. It plans to raise secured deposits from the public. Please advise its Board on the following.

Question (a).
Does the company need to get shareholders’ approval for accepting deposits?
Answer:
Yes, the company has to seek the shareholder’s approval for accepting deposits by passing a special resolution.

Question (b).
Does the company have to appoint a Deposit Trustee?
Answer:
Yes, the company has to appoint a Deposit Trustee as it is issuing secured deposits.

Question (c).
Within what period should the company create a charge on it’s assets?
Answer:
A Company can create a charge on its tangible assets within 30 days of acceptance.

4. SUN Pvt. Ltd. company wants to raise funds through deposits.

Question (a).
Can the company accept deposits from the public?
Answer:
No, it cannot accept deposits from the public because it is a private company.

Question (b).
Which document should the company issue to invite deposits?
Answer:
A Private Ltd. Company can issue circulars to invite deposits.

Question (c).
What is the maximum period for which they can accept deposits?
Answer:
The maximum period for accepting deposits is 36 months.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

4. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State the number of deposits that different types of companies can collect by way of deposits.
Answer:
Deposits are a source of short-term funds for the company. Deposits can be accepted by the company by the public, directors, or its members. It is a loan taken by the company and there are various terms and conditions that a company needs to follow to accept them.

The amount of deposits that different types of companies can collect by way of deposits is as follows:
Amount of Deposit:
a) Private Company: A Private Company can accept deposits from its members or Directors or Relatives of Directors not more than 100 percent of its aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.

However, a certain class of Private Companies as specified by the Companies Act can accept deposits of more than 100 percent of its aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.

b) Public Company (other than Eligible Company): These Companies cannot accept fresh deposits from members if the amount of such deposits together with the previous deposits exceeds 25% of the aggregate of the paid-up share capital and free reserves of the company.

c) Eligible Public Company:
An ‘Eligible Company’, i.e. company eligible to accept deposits from the public under section 76(1) of Companies Act, 2013, can accept deposits up to 25% of paid-up capital, free reserves, and securities premium account from the ic.

In addition, it can accept deposits up to 10% of the gate of paid-up share capital, free reserves, and securities premium account from members Rule 3(4) of Companies (Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014.

(d) Government Company:
A Government company is eligible to accept deposits under section 76 of the Companies Act, 2013.
It can accept deposits up to 35% of paid-up capital, free reserves, and securities premium account From the ic.

Question 2.
State the contents of Circular or Advertisement for Deposit.
Answer:
Circular or Advertisement:

  • If a company invites deposits from its members, it issues a circular.
  • If a company invites deposits from the public, it issues an advertisement.

Contents of circular or advertisement:

  • Statement about the financial position of the company.
  • The portion of secured and unsecured deposit of fresh issue.
  • Credit rating obtained from a Credit Rating Agency (only for eligible public companies).
  • Details of the scheme.
  • Name of Deposit Trustees.
  • Amount due towards deposits of any previous deposits accepted by the company.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 3.
State the provisions regarding the appointment of Deposit Trustee.
Answer:
Appointment of Deposit Trustee:

  • Eligible companies and public companies appoint one or more Deposit Trustees while issuing secured deposits.
  • They protect the interest of the depositor, in case a company defaults in repaying the deposit amount and interest.
  • Company signs a contract with the Deposit Trustees called as Trust Deed.
  • It contains the terms and conditions of the contract.
  • The deed has to be signed at least 7 days before issuing the circular or advertisement.
  • The Deposit Trustee on his own or on the request of one-tenth of depositors can call a meeting of all depositors when a company defaults in repaying deposits.

Question 4.
State any four terms and conditions regarding the acceptance of the Deposit.
Answer:
(i) Period/Tenure of Deposit:

  • The tenure of deposit should be more than six months but less than thirty-six months.
  • Under certain circumstances only, the company can accept deposits for 3 months.
  • The company can make premature repayment of deposits after a minimum of 3 months.

(ii) No demand deposit:
The company cannot accept or renew deposits repayable on demand.

(iii) Secured or Unsecured Deposit:

  • A company can accept secured or unsecured deposit if it is mentioned in the circular or advertisement.
  • A company offering secured deposits has the right to create a charge on its tangible assets within 30 days of acceptance of deposits.

(iv) Application Form:

  • A prescribed application form is to be filled by the applicant.
  • This application form is given by the company.
  • It includes a declaration made by the applicant that the deposit he is making is not borrowed from any person.

(v) Joint names:
The company can accept deposits in joint names of depositors. But there should not be more than three names.

5. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
All companies cannot accept deposits from the public.
Answer:

  • Accepting deposits from the public is an important source of raising funds for a company.
  • The company needs to follow certain terms and conditions while collecting deposits from the public.
  • Similarly, on the other side, provisions issued by the Central Government, Companies Rules 2014, and directives issued by the Reserve Bank of India do not allow companies to accept deposits.
  • Banking companies, Non-Banking Finance Companies, Housing Finance companies are not allowed to accept deposits.
    Thus, it is rightly said, that all companies cannot accept deposits from the public.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

Question 2.
There is a limit or restriction on the amount that a company can collect as Deposits.
Answer:

  • There are different types of companies that can accept deposits from the public as well as members.
  • A private company can accept deposits from the public of more than 100% of their aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.
  • Eligible Public Company and Public Company cannot accept deposits from the public exceeding 25% of the aggregate paid-up share capital and free reserves of the company.
  • Government company can accept deposits up to 35% of the paid-up share capital and free reserves. Thus, we can conclude that there is a limit or restriction on the amount that a company can collect as Deposits and the statement stands justified.

Question 3.
The company has to fulfill certain provisions related to the issue of circular or advertisement.
Answer:

  • The company has to file a copy of the circular or advertisement with the Registrar of Companies before inviting the public.
  • Circular or advertisement should be issued to the public after 30 days of filing.
  • It should be signed by all directors of the company.
  • Circular is sent to the members by the speed post, registered post, or email.
  • Thus, it is rightly said that a company has to fulfill certain provisions related to the issue of circular or advertisement.

Question 4.
While issuing secured deposits, the company has to appoint a Deposit Trustee.
Answer:

  • When issuing secured deposits, eligible companies and public companies have to appoint one or more Deposit Trustees.
  • The Trustees protect the interest of the depositor in case a company defaults in repaying the depositors.
  • Company signs a contract with the Deposit Trustees called as Trust Deed.
  • It contains the terms and conditions of the contract.
  • The deed has to be signed at least 7 days before issuing the circular or advertisement.
  • The Deposit Trustee on its own or on the request of one-tenth of depositors can call a meeting of all depositors when a company defaults in repaying deposits.
  • Thus, the statement, while issuing secured deposits, the company has to appoint a Deposit Trustee is fully justified.

Question 5.
Companies have to create a charge on their tangible assets while issuing secured deposits.
Answer:

  • A Company accepting a secured deposit from the public, within thirty days of acceptance, has to create a charge on its tangible assets for an amount not less than the amount of deposit accepted.
  • The chargeable asset amount should not be less than the amount of deposit accepted.
  • The minimum amount of security should be equal to the amount not covered by Deposit Insurance.
  • The Security is created in favour of the Deposit trustees.
  • Creating a charge on the assets ensures safety to the deposits of deposit holders.
  • In case a company fails to repay the number of deposits, the deposit holders can sell the assets and recover the amount invested.
  • Thus, it is rightly justified that the companies have to create a charge on their tangible assets while issuing secured deposits.

Question 6.
The company issuing deposit must open Deposit Repayment Reserve Account.
Answer:

  • Every company accepting deposits has to open a Deposit Repayment Reserve Account in a Scheduled Bank.
  • These banks satisfy certain criteria laid by RBI and enjoy certain facilities of RBI.
  • Every year, on or before 30 April, the company has to deposit an amount not less than 15% of the number of deposits maturing during the current year and following financial year.
  • This account can be used only for repaying deposits.
  • Thus, it is rightly justified that, a company issuing deposit must open Deposit Repayment Reserve Account.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

6. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Explain the type of companies that can raise deposits along with the maximum amount they can raise as deposits.
Answer:
The company can accept deposits from both public and private companies. This acceptance of deposits by companies are further classified into:

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits 6 Q1

(i) Private Company:

  • A private company can accept deposits from
    • Member or Directors or Relatives of Directors.
    • The certain class specified by Companies Act.
  • They can accept deposits up to 100% of its aggregate of paid-up Share Capital.

(ii) Public Company (other than an eligible company):

  • Public companies (other than eligible companies) accept deposits from members.
  • They cannot accept fresh deposits if the previous deposits combined exceed 25% of the aggregate of the paid-up Share Capital and Free Reserves of the company.

(iii) Eligible Public Company:

  • Eligible Public Company can accept deposits from Members and Public
  • Eligible Public Company can accept fresh deposits only if the previous deposits combined do not exceed 10% of the aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.
  • Eligible Public Company can accept fresh deposits only if the previous deposits combined do not exceed 25% of the aggregate of paid-up share capital and free reserves.

(iv) Government Company:

  • Government companies can accept deposits from the public.
  • These deposits can be accepted not exceeding 35% of the paid-up share capital and free reserves.

Question 2.
Explain the provisions related to circular or advertisement for inviting deposits.
Answer:
A circular is issued when the company invites deposits from its members. An advertisement is issued when the company invites deposits from the public.
(a) Contents of Circular or Advertisement:

  • Statement showing the financial position of the company
  • The portion of secured and unsecured deposit of fresh issue
  • Credit rating obtained from a Credit Rating Agency (only for eligible public companies)
  • Details of the scheme
  • Name of Deposit Trustees
  • Amount due towards deposits of any previous deposits accepted by the company.

(b) Filing of Circular or Advertisement with Registrar of Companies:
A company has to file a copy of a circular or advertisement signed by all directors with the Registrar of Companies.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 5 Deposits

(c) Issue of Circular or Advertisement:

  • The company must file a copy of the circular or advertisement with the Registrar of the Company.
  • The filing of circular or advertisement must be done within 30 days.
  • Only after filing the circular or advertisement, the company can issue it to the public.
  • The advertisement must be published in an English newspaper and in the regional language newspaper where the company’s registered office is located.
  • The company can send the circular to the members through registered post, speed post, or email.

(d) Validity of Circular or Advertisement:
The validity of circular or advertisement is valid for 6 months from the end of the financial year in which it was issued or the date on which the Annual General Meeting was held, whichever is earlier.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
A company cannot issue ___________ with voting rights.
(a) Equity shares
(b) Debentures
(c) Securities
Answer:
(a) Equity shares

Question 2.
A company can issue ___________ convertible debentures.
(a) Only Partly
(b) Only fully
(c) Partly or fully
Answer:
(c) Partly or fully

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 3.
Money from ___________ Account is used for redemption of debentures.
(a) Capital
(b) Debenture Redemption Reserve
(c) Profit or Loss
Answer:
(b) Debenture Redemption Reserve

Question 4.
___________ protects the interest of debenture holders.
(a) Debenture Trustees
(b) Debenture holders
(c) Redemption Reserve
Answer:
(a) Debenture Trustee

Question 5.
Secured debentures must be redeemed within ___________ from the date of its issue.
(a) 10 days
(b) 10 years
(c) 15 years
Answer:
(b) 10 years

Question 6.
A company issuing ___________ debenture must create a charge on the assets of the company.
(a) Secured
(b) Unsecured
(c) Redeemable
Answer:
(a) secured

Question 7.
Debenture certificate must be issued within ___________ of allotment of debentures.
(a) 3 months
(b) 6 months
(c) 60 days
Answer:
(b) 6 months

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 8.
The details of allotment of Debentures must be entered in ___________
(a) Register of debenture
(b) Register of members
(c) Register of creditors
Answer:
(a) register of debenture

Question 9.
A company that issues a prospectus or invites more than 500 persons to buy its debenture has to appoint ___________
(a) Register of companies
(b) Debenture holders
(c) Debenture trustees
Answer:
(c) Debenture Trustees

Question 10.
The contract between the company and Debenture trustees of companies is called as ___________
(a) Debenture trust deed
(b) Letter of offer
(c) Prospectus
Answer:
(a) Debenture Trusts Deed

Question 11.
Procedure for allotment of Debenture should be completed within ___________ from the date of receipt of applications.
(a) 6 months
(b) 3 months
(c) 60 days
Answer:
(c) 60 days

1B. Match the pairs.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures 1B
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
a) Debenture Trustees 7) Protects interest of debenture holders
b) Debenture holders 5) No voting rights
c) Charge on assets 3) Secured debentures
d) Board of Directors 1) Power to issue debentures
e) Debenture certificate 10) Issued within 6 months of allotment of debentures

1C. Write a word or term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
Type of resolution needed to issue convertible debentures.
Answer:
Special Resolution

Question 2.
Account to be created for the redemption of debentures.
Answer:
Debenture Redemption Reserve Account

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 3.
Institution appointed by the company to protect the interest of debenture holders.
Answer:
Debenture Trustee

Question 4.
Period within which secured debenture should be redeemed.
Answer:
10 years

Question 5.
Type of debentures on which the company has to create a charge on its assets.
Answer:
Secured Debenture

Question 6.
The document contains terms and conditions agreed upon by the company and the Debenture trustees.
Answer:
Debenture Trust Deed

Question 7.
The time period within which the procedure for allotment of debenture is to be completed from the date of receipt of applications.
Answer:
60 days

Question 8.
Period within which debenture certificate must be issued by a company.
Answer:
6 months

Question 9.
An institution that redresses grievances of debenture holders.
Answer:
Debenture Trustee/NCLT

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 10.
The authority has the power to issue debentures.
Answer:
Board of Directors

1D. State whether the following statements are True or False.

Question 1.
Debenture holders have no voting rights.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
The company cannot issue non-convertible debentures.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
Special Resolution is needed to issue convertible debentures.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Debentures holders are paid interest.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Debenture Trustees cannot approach NCLT to redress grievances of debenture holders.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
All secured debentures should be redeemed within 20 years from the date of their issue.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 7.
The company has to create a charge on its assets when it issues secured debentures.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
Debenture Trustees are appointed to protect shareholders.
Answer:
False

Question 9.
Debentures certificate should issue within 6 months of allotment of debentures.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
After allotment of Debentures names of Debenture holders is entered in the Register of Members.
Answer:
True

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Debenture holders, Interest, Dividend
Answer:
Dividend

Question 2.
Debenture Trustee, Court, NCLT
Answer:
Court

Question 3.
Secured debenture, convertible debenture, Irredeemable debenture
Answer:
Irredeemable

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 4.
Debenture Trustee, Trust deed, Shareholder.
Answer:
Shareholder

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
A legal instrument conveying the assets of a company to the Debenture trustees is called ___________
Answer:
Debenture Trust Deed

Question 2.
To protect the interest of Debenture holders a company appoints ___________
Answer:
Debenture Trustee

Question 3.
On receipt of application and money, the procedure for allotment of debentures should be completed within ___________
Answer:
60 days

Question 4.
Authority to create charge on company’s assets is with the ___________
Answer:
Debenture Trustee

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 5.
Secured debentures should be redeemed within ___________
Answer:
10 years

Question 6.
To stop a company from incurring further liabilities, the Debenture trustee can approach ___________
Answer:
NCLT

Question 7.
A company which issues prospectus or invites more than 500 persons to subscribe for its debentures, has to appoint ___________
Answer:
Debenture Trustee

Question 8.
Return on investment on debenture is called ___________
Answer:
Interest

Question 9.
For public issue of debentures of ₹ 100 crores, minimum subscription should be ___________
Answer:
75%

Question 10.
For public issue or rights issue of convertible debentures, as per SEBI, a company must obtain ___________
Answer:
Consent of shareholder

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures 1G
(Issued within 6 months of allotment, Names of debenture holders, Secured debentures, Trust Deed, Debenture holders)
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(1) Debenture Trustees (a) Trust deed
(2) Secured debenture (b) Charge on assets
(3) Register of Debenture (c) Name of debenture holders
(4) Issued within 6 months of allotment (d) Debenture certificate
(5) No voting rights (e) Debenture holder

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
Who are the debenture holders?
Answer:
Debenture holders are the applicants who purchase the debentures of the company. They are the creditors of the company.

Question 2.
What do debenture holders receive as a return on Investment?
Answer:
Debenture holders receive interest on investment.

Question 3.
Whom does the company appoint to protect the interest of debenture holders?
Answer:
Debenture Trustees are appointed to protect the interest of debenture holders.

Question 4.
Within what period should secured debenture be redeemed?
Answer:
Within 10 years, secured debenture should be redeemed.

Question 5.
Name of the document which acts as an agreement between company and trustee.
Answer:
The debenture Trust deed is a document that acts as an agreement between the company and the Trustee.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 6.
Who has the authority to create charges on assets of a company?
Answer:
Debenture Trustees have the authority to create charges on the assets of a company.

Question 7.
Name of the meeting in which approval for increasing the borrowing powers of the Board is passed.
Answer:
An Extra-Ordinary General Meeting, a resolution regarding the increase in borrowing powers of Board is passed.

Question 8.
Within what period should the debenture certificate be issued?
Answer:
A period of 6 months is required to issue a debenture certificate.

Question 9.
What is the minimum subscription that a company must collect for an issue of debentures of ₹ 100 crores?
Answer:
The minimum subscription that a company must collect for an issue of debentures of Rs.100 crores is 75% of the base issue size.

Question 10.
When should the company appoint a credit rating agency?
Answer:
In order to credit rating of securities, the company can appoint a Credit Rating Agency.

1I. Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
The details of debenture holders are entered in the Register of Members.
Answer:
The details of debenture holders are entered in the Register of the debenture.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 2.
Secured debentures must be redeemed within 15 years from the date of its issue.
Answer:
Secured debentures must be redeemed within 10 years from the date of its issue.

Question 3.
A company issuing irredeemable debentures must create a charge on the assets of the company.
Answer:
A company issuing Secured Debentures must create a charge on assets of the company.

Question 4.
Return on investment on debentures is the dividend.
Answer:
Return on investment on debentures is Interest.

Question 5.
Debenture Trustees redress the grievances of shareholders.
Answer:
Debenture Trustees redress the grievances of Debenture holders.

Question 6.
Debenture certificates are issued within 3 months of allotment of debentures.
Answer:
Debenture certificates are issued within 6 months of allotment of debentures.

Question 7.
The procedure for allotment of debentures should be completed within 90 days from the date of receipt of applications.
Answer:
The procedure for allotment of debentures should be completed within 60 days from the date of receipt of applications.

Question 8.
To rate its debentures a company appoints underwrites.
Answer:
To rate its debentures a company appoints a Credit Rating Agency.

1J. Arrange in proper order.

Question 1.
(a) Obtain Credit Rating
(b) Entry in register of debenture
(c) Receive application with money
Answer:
(a) Obtain Credit Rating
(b) Receive application with money
(c) Entry in register of debenture

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 2.
(a) Issue debenture certificate
(b) Issue prospectus
(c) Open Bank Account
Answer:
(a) Issue prospectus
(b) Open Bank Account
(c) Issue debenture certificate

Question 3.
(a) Hold Board Meeting for allotment
(b) Issue debenture certificate
(c) Receive application with money
Answer:
(a) Hold Board Meeting for allotment
(b) Receive application with money
(c) Issue debenture certificate

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Debenture Certificate
Answer:
A debenture Certificate is an acknowledgment issued by a company with its common seal and signature against debenture issued. It includes all the information of debenture issued, its face value, rate of interest details of debenture holder, etc. A debenture certificate should be issued by the company within 6 months -from the debenture’s allotment.

Question 2.
Debenture Trustee
Answer:
Debenture Trustees are institutions that are responsible to protect the interest of debenture holders. If the company invites more than 500 persons to buy debentures, then it has to appoint one more debenture trustee. The company issuing secured debentures also must appoint a debenture trustee. The company enters into a contract with debenture trustee

Question 3.
Charge on Assets
Answer:
Charge on assets means the right of the lender to be paid from a borrower’s asset if the debt is not paid on time. Every year the company must report its total debts secured by a charge on assets. The value of the charge should be adequate to cover the entire debenture issued.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 4.
Debenture Trust Deed
Answer:
Debenture Trust Deed is an agreement between the company and debenture trustees. It is a legal instrument stating a relationship between the company and the trustee. It covers all terms of conditions to be followed by the debenture trustee.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion:

1. Rose limited company proposes to issue debenture to the public to raise funds. After discussion, the Board of directors has decided to issue secured, Redeemable non-convertible debentures with a tenure of ten years. Please advise the board on the following matters:

Question (a).
Should the company appoint a Debenture trustee?
Answer:
The company should appoint debenture trustees as they are responsible to protect the interests of debenture holders and they are the link between the company and Debenture holders.

Question (b).
Should the company create a charge on its assets?
Answer:
The company should create a charge on its assets because if the company failed to repay the amount to debenture holders, assets can be realized and the claim can be settled.

Question (c).
Can the tenure of debentures be less than ten years?
Answer:
The maximum tenure of redemption of secured debenture is 10 years. It can be less than 10 years. It shows the strong liquidity position of a company.

2. Violet Ltd. Company plans to raise ₹ 10 crores by issuing debentures. The Board of Directors has some queries. Please advise them on the following:

Question (a).
Can the company issue unsecured debentures?
Answer:
In India, as per the guidelines of SEBI, the issue of unsecured debenture is prohibited. So, the company can’t issue unsecured debenture.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question (b).
Can they issue irredeemable debentures?
Answer:
The company can issue irredeemable debenture if it is permitted by the Ministry or department of central government or by RBI. It can be issued for a maximum period of 30 years.

Question (c).
As the company is offering debenture to its members, can such debentures have normal voting rights?
Answer:
As the company is offering debentures to its members, such debentures have no normal voting rights. It can enjoy the voting rights on the matters associated with them.

3. DDS financial plans to raise ₹ 10 crores by issuing secured, Non-convertible debentures. However, as per the Articles of Association, the board of directors has authority only to raise up to 5 crores. They are also considering whether to go for a private placement or make a public offer. Please advise them on the following:

Question (A).
What can be the maximum tenure of the debentures to be issued?
Answer:
All the secured debentures should be redeemed for 10 years. Only those companies permitted by RBI/ Dept. Of corporate affairs can issue debentures of more than 10 years but less than 30 years.

Question (b).
Is the proposed issue within the borrowing powers of the board?
Answer:
The proposed issue is not within the borrowing powers of the Board of Directors. If they want to increase their borrowing powers, they have to get the approval of shareholders.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question (c).
Within what period should the company issue a Debenture certificate?
Answer:
A debenture certificate should be issued within 6 months from the date of allotment of debentures.

4. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
State any four provisions of the Companies act 2013 for the issue of debenture?
Answer:
The company can issue debentures to the public. But to issue debentures, companies need to follow provisions.
Following are the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013:
1. No Voting Rights:
A Company cannot issue debentures with voting rights. Debentures are the creditors of the company and hence, they do not have any voting rights. However, they can enjoy voting rights on the matters associated with them.

2. Payment of interest and redemption:
A debenture holder is responsible to get fixed interest on their investment from the company. The rate of interest is decided at the time of the issue of the debenture. A Company shall redeem the debentures after a specific period of time. It is a temporary capital of a company.

3. Debenture Certificate:
The company issues debenture certificates to the debenture holders. It should be issued by the company within six months from the date of allotment of debentures.

4. Create Debenture Redemption Reserve:
The company has to create a Debenture Redemption Reserve Account out of the profits of the company. Debenture Redemption Reserve is created for the payment of dividends and redemption of debentures only As per the Companies Amendment Act, 2019 no Listed companies, NBFC’s and Housing Finance Companies require Debenture Redemption Reserve.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

Question 2.
What is Debenture Trust Deed?
OR
Write a note on Debenture Trust Deed.
Answer:

  • A debenture is a loan document that helps the company to raise long-term loans from the Market.
  • A person who purchases debenture of a company is called a debenture holder.
  • A debenture holder is a creditor of the company and cannot participate in the management of the company.
  • The company appoints debenture trustees to protect the interest of debenture holders.
  • The company enters into the contract with debenture trustees, which is called as ‘Debenture Trust Deed’.
  • The company can enter into a contract with one or more debenture trustees.
  • The Terms and Conditions of debenture trustees are written into the debenture trust deed.
  • It is a legal instrument conveying the assets of the company to the trustees.
  • Debenture Trust Deed is a right of debenture holder and duty of debenture trustees.
  • A company has to execute a trust deed within 3 months of the closure of the issue.
  • Member and debenture holder can inspect the copy of the deed and also get the copy by paying a certain fee.

Question 3.
Who are debentures trustees?
Answer:

  1. Debentures Trustee is a person or institution which protects the interest of the debenture holders. The Trustees become the custodian of the assets on which charge has been created.
  2. A company that issues a prospectus or invites more than 500 persons to buy its debentures has to appoint one or more Debentures Trustees. Companies issuing secured debentures also must appoint Debentures Trustee.
  3. Debentures Trustee is appointed before prospectus or letter of offer/offer letter is issued or within 60 days after the allotment of the debenture. The Trustees must give written consent to act as Debenture Trustees.
  4. According to SEBI Rules, 1993 “debentures trustee” means a trustee of a trust deed for securing any issue of debentures of a body corporate (section 2 (bb)). (Applicable to public companies only).
  5. The trustee can appoint a nominee to the board of directors of the company. Before the trustee appoints the nominee, the following conditions must be satisfied:
    • Two consecutive defaults made by the company in payment of interest to the debenture holders; or
    • Default in the creation of security for debentures or default in the redemption of debentures.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

5. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
A company has to create a charge on its asset for issuing secured debenture.
Answer:

  • A debenture is a debt instrument, which helps the company to raise long-term loans.
  • A secured debenture is a debenture against which a charge has been created.
  • In case, if the company has failed to make redemption of debenture or interest, in that case by the order of NCLT, the charged asset can be realized by the company and dues can be settled.
  • Thus, it is rightly said that a company has to create a charge on its asset for issuing secured debenture.

Question 2.
Debenture trustees are appointed by a company issuing debentures.
Answer:

  • Debenture trustees are appointed when the company issues a prospectus or invites more than 500 people.
  • They are appointed to protect the interest and redress the grievances of debenture holders.
  • Debenture trustees act as custodians of assets and create a charge on assets of the company on behalf of debenture holders.
  • In case, the company failed to redemption of a debenture or its interest, then debenture trustees by the order of NCLT can realize the assets and settle the dues.
  • Thus, it is rightly said that debenture trustees are appointed by the company for issuing debenture.

Question 3.
A company can issue only certain types of debentures.
Answer:

  • The debenture holders are the creditors of the company. They offered borrowed capital to the company but cannot participate in the management of the company.
  • Therefore, in order to protect the interest of debenture holders, SEBI, through its guidelines allowing companies to issue certain types of debentures in India.
  • Therefore, the companies operating in India can issue secured debentures, convertible debentures, redeemable debentures to the applicant.
  • It protects the interest of creditors in the company.
  • Thus, it is rightly said that a company can issue only certain types of debentures.

6. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Briefly explain the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 for the issue of debentures.
OR
State the statutory provisions related to the issue of debentures.
Answer:
The company can issue debentures to the public. But to issue debentures companies need to follow provisions.
Following are the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013:
1. No Voting Rights:
A Company cannot issue debentures with voting rights. Debentures are the creditors of the company and hence, they do not have any voting rights. However, they can enjoy voting rights on the matters associated with them.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

2. Types of Debentures:
There are various types of debentures like secured and unsecured debentures, convertible and non-convertible debentures, redeemable and irredeemable debentures, registered and bearer debentures, etc. All the debentures are redeemable in nature. A special resolution is to be passed in the general meeting for issuing convertible debentures.

3. Payment of interest and redemption:
A debenture holder is responsible to get fixed interest on his investment from the company. The rate of interest is decided at the time of the issue of the debenture. A Company shall redeem the debentures after a specific period of time. It is a temporary capital of a company.

4. Debenture Certificate:
The company issues debenture certificates to the debenture holders. It should be issued by the company within six months from the date of allotment of debentures.

5. Create Debenture Redemption Reserve:
The company has to create a Debenture Redemption Reserve Account out of the profits of the company. Debenture Redemption Reserve is created for the payment of dividends and redemption of debentures only. As per the Companies Amendment Act, 2019 no Listed companies, NBFC’s and Housing Finance Companies require Debenture Redemption Reserve.

6. Appointment of Debenture Trustees:
The company issuing debentures for more than 500 people or issuing prospectus has to appoint one or more Debenture Trustees. They are responsible to protect the interest of the debenture holders. Trustees are appointed by entering into the contract with the company which is called Debenture Trust Deed.

7. Debenture Trustees can approach NCLT:
Debenture Trustees have to redress the problem of debenture holders. Debenture Trustees can approach National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT) if the company fails to repay the principal amount on maturity or paying interest. NCLT can direct a defaulting company to repay the principal amount of interest.

8. Impose Restrictions:
Debenture Trustees can also approach NCLT when the company is not able to pay the principal amount of debentures, even after selling the company assets. In such a case, NCLT can order a company to restrict incurring further liabilities so as to protect the interest of the debenture holders.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

9. Punishment for not complying with the provisions of the Companies Act:
If the company or any of its officers fails to comply with any of the provisions, then the company or the responsible officer who is in default will be liable to pay a fine or imprisonment or both as prescribed in the Act.

Question 2.
Explain briefly the procedure for the issue of debentures.
Answer:
A Company’s Secretary is mainly responsible to supervise the process of issue of the debenture. As the employee of the company, the secretary has to look into the matter that company complies with all the provisions.
Procedure for Issue of Debentures:

  • Board Meeting and Resolution
  • EOGM and Shareholder’s Approval
  • Filing with Registrar of Companies
  • Approval and Permission
  • Credit Rating
  • Underwriting Contract
  • Trust Deed
  • Issue of prospectus
  • Open Bank Account with Scheduled Bank
  • Receiving Applications and Allotment
  • Board Meeting
  • Issue Debenture Certificate
  • Entries in register of member

1. Board Meeting and Resolution:

  • Board Meetings should be conducted before issuing debentures. A resolution is passed before issuing debentures to the public. The resolution should specify the following points:
  • Amount and type of debentures to be issued with terms and conditions
  • Approve Prospectus/Offer Letter/Letter of Offer
  • Appointment of Debenture Trustees with their consent
  • Call Extra Ordinary General Meeting
  • Opening of Separate Bank Account to receive money from applicants

2. EOGM and Shareholder’s Approval:
If the issue of debenture exceeds the limit of paid-up capital and free reserve, then the company needs to conduct extraordinary general meetings. An extraordinary General Meeting is held for passing a special resolution and getting the shareholder’s approval related to the increase in the issue of debentures.

3. Filing with Registrar of Companies:
Secretary has to file the special resolution and copy of the prospectus with the Registrar of Companies. It has to be filed within 30 days of the board meeting.

4. Approval and Permission:
Permission of SEBI is compulsory, in case the issue of debenture exceeds ₹ 1 crore or more. Simultaneously, approval of the stock exchange is required to be taken before a prospectus is issued to the public. It is mandatory to list the debentures on the recognized stock exchange before issuing them to the public.

5. Credit Rating:
As per SEBI guidelines, the company has to get its debenture rated by two recognized credit rating agencies such as CRISIL, CARE, ICRA, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

6. Underwriting contract:
The company may enter into an underwriting agreement with underwriters for its public issue of debentures. The appointment of underwriters must be mentioned in the prospectus.

7. Trust Deed:
The Trust Deed has to be executed between the company and trustees. Trustees give a guarantee of protection of debenture holder’s interest.

8. Issue of Prospectus/Letter of Offer/Offer Letter:
Company issues prospectus, if it is inviting the general public. An offer letter is issued if the company makes a private placement. Letter of Offer is issued for Right Issue (Offer to exist shareholders).

9. Appointment of Banker:
Issuing Company must appoint a ‘Scheduled Bank’ as a banker of the company. The company must open a separate account in the name of the company. This account is opened to receive the money from the applicants.

10. Receiving and Allotment of debenture:
A board meeting is held to decide and approve the allotment of debentures. Board also approves the creation of charges on the company assets. The company must make the arrangement to receive the application with application money. After Board Meeting, the company allows debentures to the applicants.

11. Issue of Debenture Certificate:
The allotment procedure has to be completed within 60 days from the receipt of application money. Debenture certificates are prepared by the secretary and issued to the debenture holders within 180 days from the date of allotment.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 4 Issue of Debentures

12. Entries in Register of Debenture:
If the debentures are issued in DEMAT form, the company does not maintain the Register of Debenture holders. After allotment, all details of debenture holders are entered in the register of the debenture. In case of debenture holders exceed 50, the company should maintain the ‘Index of Debenture holders.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
___________ refers to capital made up of Equity and preference shares.
(a) Share capital
(b) Debt capital
(c) Reserve fund
Answer:
(a) Share capital

Question 2.
___________ capital refers to maximum capital a company can raise by issuing shares.
(a) Issued
(b) Authorised
(c) Paid up
Answer:
(b) Authorised

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 3.
___________ means shares are offered to the public.
(a) Rights Issue
(b) Private Placement
(c) Public Issue
Answer:
(c) Public Issue

Question 4.
Under ___________ method, issue price of shares is based on bidding.
(a) Book Building
(b) Fixed Price
(c) Bonus Issue
Answer:
(a) Book Building

Question 5.
In ___________, shares of a company are offered to the public for the first time.
(a) Further Public Offer
(b) Initial Public Offer
(c) Public Offer
Answer:
(b) Initial Public Offer

Question 6.
___________ is offered to existing equity shareholders.
(a) IPO
(b) ESOS
(c) Rights Issue
Answer:
(c) Rights Issue

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 7.
Bonus shares are issued free of cost to ___________
(a) existing Equity shareholders
(b) existing employees
(c) Directors
Answer:
(a) existing Equity shareholders

Question 8.
___________ are offered to permanent employees Directors and Officers of a company.
(a) Bonus Shares
(b) Rights Issue
(c) ESOS
Answer:
(c) ESOS

Question 9.
Under ___________, a company offers its securities to a select group of persons not exceeding 200.
(a) Private Placement
(b) IPO
(c) Public Offer
Answer:
(a) Private Placement

Question 10.
The ___________ have the power to allot shares.
(a) Director
(b) Board of Directors
(c) Company Secretary
Answer:
(b) Board of Directors

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 11.
Letter of ___________ is sent to applicants who have been given shares by the company.
(a) Regret
(b) Renunciation
(c) Allotment
Answer:
(c) Allotment

Question 12.
___________ is a proof of title to Shares.
(a) Share Certificate
(b) Register of Member
(c) Letter of Allotment
Answer:
(a) Share Certificate

Question 13.
The gap between two calls should not be less than ___________
(a) 14 days
(b) One month
(c) 21 days
Answer:
(b) One month

Question 14.
Company can ___________ shares on non-payment of calls.
(a) forfeit
(b) surrender
(c) allot
Answer:
(a) forfeit

Question 15.
Voluntarily giving away one’s share to another person is called as ___________ of shares.
(a) Transfer
(b) Transmission
(c) Surrender
Answer:
(a) Transfer

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 16.
___________ of shares takes place due to operation of law.
(a) Forfeiture
(b) Allotment
(c) Transmission
Answer:
(c) Transmission

1B. Match the Pairs.

Question (I).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares 1B Q1
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Death of member (5) Transmission of shares
(b) Voluntary return of shares to company by member (4) Surrender of shares
(c) Price of shares mentioned in prospectus (7) Offered to existing Equity Shareholders
(d) ESPS (3) Offered to existing employees
(e) Regret Letter (6) Non-allotment of shares

Question (II).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares 1B Q2
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Issued capital (4) Capital offered to public to subscribe
(b) FPO (8) Maximum capital a company can raise
(c) Bonus shares (7) Free shares issued to existing equity shareholder
(d) Issued within two months of allotment of shares (5) Share Certificate
(e) Forfeiture of shares (1) Non-payment of calls

1C. Write a word or a term or a phrase which can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
Capital collected by way of issue of Equity and Preference shares.
Answer:
Share Capital

Question 2.
Part of issued capital subscribed by investors.
Answer:
Subscribed capital

Question 3.
Capital that will be collected only at the time of winding up of a company.
Answer:
Reserve capital

Question 4.
Highest bid price in Book Building method.
Answer:
Cap price

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 5.
Offering of shares by a company to the public for the first time.
Answer:
IPO

Question 6.
Subsequent issue of shares after an IPO.
Answer:
FPO

Question 7.
Pre-emptive right given to existing Equity shareholders to subscribe to new issue of shares by company.
Answer:
Rights issue/shares

Question 8.
It is also called as ‘Capitalization of Profits’.
Answer:
Bonus shares

Question 9.
Appropriation of shares to an applicant.
Answer:
Allotment of shares

Question 10.
Committee set up to decide the formula for allotment of shares in case of over-subscription.
Answer:
Allotment committee

Question 11.
Minimum amount to be collected from subscribers within thirty days of issue of prospectus.
Answer:
Minimum subscription

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 12.
Document which is a prima facie evidence of ownership of certain shares of a company.
Answer:
Share certificate

Question 13.
Penal action taken by company on non-payment of calls.
Answer:
Forfeiture of shares

Question 14.
Person to whom transferor is transferring the shares.
Answer:
Transferee

Question 15.
Transfer of shares due to operation of law.
Answer:
Transmission of shares

1D. State whether the following statements are true or false.

Question 1.
Only fully paid-up shares can be forfeited.
Answer:
False

Question 2.
The member transferring shares is called a transferor.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
A share certificate is issued for partly or fully paid up shares.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Allotment of shares must be done within one month of receipt of application money.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 5.
Sweat Equity shares are offered to Directors or employees of a company.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Bonus Shares are issued at a discounted price to the Equity Shareholder.
Answer:
False

Question 7.
The floor price is the highest bid price under the Book Building method.
Answer:
False

Question 8.
Calls not paid by shareholders are called calls in arrears.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Shares not offered to the public for subscription are called subscribed capital.
Answer:
False

Question 10.
Authorized capital is mentioned in the capital clause of the Memorandum of Association.
Answer:
True

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Authorized capital, Equity share capital, Issued capital, Paid-up Capital.
Answer:
Equity share capital

Question 2.
ESOS, ESPS, Rights Shares, Sweat Equity.
Answer:
Rights Shares

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 3.
Floor Price, Cap Price, Cut-off price, Face Value.
Answer:
Face Value

Question 4.
Bonus Shares, Rights Shares, ESOS.
Answer:
ESOS

Question 5.
Allotment of Shares, Forfeiture of shares, Surrender of shares.
Answer:
Allotment of shares

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
Share Capital refers to capital made up of Equity shares and ___________
Answer:
Preference Share

Question 2.
Reserve capital is part of ___________
Answer:
Uncalled Capital

Question 3.
Transfer of shares due to death, insolvency, or insanity of the member is called ___________
Answer:
Transmission Shares

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 4.
The two parties involved in transfer of shares are transferor and ___________
Answer:
transferee

Question 5.
Voluntarily giving up of shares by a member due to inability to pay calls is called as ___________
Answer:
surrender of shares

Question 6.
Company can forfeit only ___________ paid shares.
Answer:
partly

Question 7.
In case the original Share Certificate is torn or mutilated, company can issue ___________
Answer:
Duplicate Share Certificate

Question 8.
In case of transfer of shares, the company has to issue to the transferee a new share certificate within ___________
Answer:
one month

Question 9.
Letter sent to applicants for informing them shares are allotted is called as ___________
Answer:
Letter of Allotment

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 10.
When applications received is more than the number of shares offered, it is called as ___________
Answer:
Over Subscription

Question 11.
In Book Building Method, the final price at which shares are offered to investors is called as ___________
Answer:
Cut-off price

Question 12.
Shares issued free of cost to existing Equity shareholders is called as ___________
Answer:
Bonus Shares

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares 1G Q1
(The first-time offer of shares, Shares offered to the public, Shares offered to exist, Equity shareholders, Shares offered to exist, employees, Transmission of shares)
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Public offer of shares (1) Shares offered to Public
(b) First time offer of shares (2) Initial public offer
(c) Rights Issue (3) Shares offered to existing equity share holders
(d) Shares offered to existing employees (4) ESOS
(e) Operation of law (5) Transmission of Shares

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
When does the transmission of shares take place?
Answer:
Transmission of Shares takes place on death, insolvency, or insanity of the members.

Question 2.
Name the two parties involved in the transfer of shares.
Answer:
The transferor and Transferee are the two parties involved in the transfer of shares.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 3.
What is the time limit to issue a share certificate on allotment of shares?
Answer:
Secretary should issue share certificate within two months of allotment of shares.

Question 4.
What is the time limit for Filing a Return of Allotment with the Registrar on the allotment of shares?
Answer:
Secretary has to file a ‘Return of Allotment’ with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days of allotment of shares.

Question 5.
When can a company forfeit shares?
Answer:
If a shareholder fails to pay calls on shares within a certain period company can forfeit shares.

Question 6.
What is a share certificate?
Answer:
Share Certificate is a registered document issued by a company that is evidence of ownership of a specified number of shares of the company.

Question 7.
What is the minimum application money to be collected by Company as per the Companies Act?
Answer:
As per the companies act, the company should collect a minimum of 25% of the nominal value of shares.

Question 8.
To whom should the prospectus be filed before issuing it to the public?
Answer:
The prospectus should be filed with the Registrar of Companies before issuing it to the public.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 9.
What is meant by private placement?
Answer:
When a company offers its securities to a select group of persons not exceeding 200, it is called Private Placement.

Question 10.
To whom is Sweat Equity shares offered by a company?
Answer:
Sweat equity shares are issued to directors or employees of the company.

Question 11.
To whom can a company issue Bonus Shares?
Answer:
The company can issue Bonus Shares to its existing equity shares.

Question 12.
What is the subsequent issue after IPO called as?
Answer:
The subsequent issue after IPO is called FPO.

Question 13.
Name the method under which the issue price of shares is fixed through a bidding process.
Answer:
Under the Book Building method, the issue price of shares is fixed through a bidding process.

Question 14.
What is Public Issue?
Answer:
Public issue or offer means offering the shares to the public. The company invites the public to subscribe to its shares by issuing a prospectus.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 15.
Name the capital which is mentioned in the capital clause of the Memorandum of Association.
Answer:
Authorized Capital is mentioned in the capital clause of the Memorandum of Association.

1I. Correct the underlined words/and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Issued capital is the maximum capital that a company can raise by issuing shares.
Answer:
Authorized capital is the maximum capital that a company can raise by issuing shares.

Question 2.
Under the Fixed-Price issue method, the price of shares is fixed through a bidding process.
Answer:
Under Book Building Method the price of shares is fixed through a bidding process.

Question 3.
FPO refers to offering shares to the public for the first time.
Answer:
IPO refers to the offering of shares to the public for the first time.

Question 4.
Only Fully paid up shares can be forfeited.
Answer:
Only Partly paid-up shares can be forfeited.

Question 5.
Bonus shares are offered to existing employees of a company.
Answer:
Bonus shares are offered to existing shareholders of a company.

Question 6.
The company enters into an underwriting agreement with the shareholders.
Answer:
The company enters into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 7.
Letter of Allotment is sent to applicants when no shares are allotted to them.
Answer:
Letter of Regret is sent to applicants when no shares are allotted to them.

Question 7.
IPO refers to the offering of shares to the public for the second time.
Answer:
FPO refers to offering shares to the public for the second time.

Question 8.
A duplicate share certificate must be issued within one month from the date of application.
Answer:
A duplicate share certificate must be issued within three months from the date of application.

Question 9.
Call money can not exceed 5% of the nominal value of shares.
Answer:
Call money can not exceed 25% of the nominal value of shares.

1J. Arrange in proper order.

Question 1.
(a) Forfeiture of shares
(b) Calls on shares
(c) Allotment of shares
Answer:
(a) Allotment of shares
(b) Calls on shares
(c) forfeiture of shares

Question 2.
(a) Share certificate
(b) Allotment letter
(c) Application from
Answer:
(a) Application form
(b) Allotment letter
(c) share certificate

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 3.
(a) Return of allotment
(b) Application form
(c) Minimum Subscription
Answer:
(a) Minimum subscription
(b) Application form
(c) Return of allocation

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Transmission of shares.
Answer:

  • Transmission of shares means the transfer of the title of shares by the operation of law.
  • When the shares of a member are automatically transferred to another person on the death, insolvency, or insanity of a member it is called Transmission of shares.
  • Transmission of shares is an involuntary action.
  • There is only one party i.e., a legal heir who indicates the process of transmission.
  • The legal heir or official receiver need not pay any consideration for the shares.
  • There is no need to submit an Instrument of Transfer of pay stamp duty.

Question 2.
Bonus shares
Answer:

  • Bonus Shares are shares distributed by a company to its current shareholders as fully paid shares free of charge.
  • The Bonus Shares are given to the existing equity shareholders according to their existing proportion of equity shareholdings.

Question 3.
Allotment of Shares
Answer:

  • Allotment means the distribution of shares among the applicants. It means giving shares to share applicants of to specific persons with whom the company has entered into the contract.
  • Allotment of shares is a procedure in which shares are distributed to those applicants who have submitted a written application along with the application money.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 4.
Employees Stock Option Scheme
Answer:
An employee stock option plan is an employee benefits scheme under which the company encourages its employees to acquire ownership in the form of shares. Under this scheme, permanent employees, Directors or Officers of the Company or its holding company or subsidiary company are offered the benefit or right to purchase the equity shares of the company at a future date at a predetermined price.

Question 5.
Surrender of Shares
Answer:

  • This means the voluntary return of shares by the member to the company for cancellation.
  • Surrender of shares is allowed only if there is no other option but to forfeit the shares.
  • Only partly paid-up shares can be surrendered.
  • Surrendered shares can be surrendered when a company provides for such surrender of shares.

Question 6.
Sweat equity shares
Answer:
These are shares issued by a company to its directors or employees at a discount or for consideration other than cash. It is one of the modes of making share-based payments to employees. It is issued in recognition of their valuable contribution to the prosperity of the company.

Question 7.
Share Certificate
Answer:
A Share certificate refers to documents that are issued by a company evidencing that a person named in such certificate is the owner of the shares of the company stated in the share certificate. Share certificate has to be issued under the common seal of the company. It should be issued within 2 months from the date of allotment against the allotment letter.

Question 8.
Authorized Capital
Answer:

  • The Authorized capital is the maximum amount of capital that a company can raise through the issue of shares to the shareholders.
  • The Authorized capital of a company is also called Registered Capital or Nominal Capital.
  • Authorized capital is the maximum capital that is authorized by the company’s memorandum of Association.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 9.
Forfeiture of shares
Answer:
If a shareholder, who is called upon to pay any call fails to pay the amount, even after sending many reminders the company may forfeit its shares. Thus forfeiture of shares means cancellation of shares.

Question 10.
Paid-up capital
Answer:

  • Paid-up capital is the amount of money a company has received from shareholders in exchange for shares.
  • It is the total amount of money paid up by the shareholders when the company has called up or demanded them to pay.
  • The paid-up capital can be equal to or less than the authorized capital.

Question 11.
Calls on Shares
Answer:

  • Whenever a company issue shares, the company may ask shareholders to pay the value of shares in installment which is known as calls on shares.
  • The company can demand part or full amount of the balance amount of unpaid shares.

Question 12.
Subscribed Capital.
Answer:

  • Subscribed share capital is that part of issued share capital for which a company has positively received a subscription from the investor.
  • It is a part of Issued Capital that has been subscribed by investors or purchased by the general public.

Question 13.
Minimum Subscription
Answer:
Minimum subscription means a minimum amount decided by the ROC which should be build-up by the company by issuing securities to the general public. If the company failed in minimum subscription then it has to return the entire amount back to the applicants.

Question 14.
Transfer of shares
Answer:

  • Transfer of shares means the transfer of ownership of the shares from one person to another against consideration.
  • Transfer of shares is effected by removing the name of the existing shareholders (transferor) from the register of members and inserting the name of the new member (transferee).
  • Transfer of shares is a voluntary process of transferring shares by a member of a company.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 15.
Initial Public Offer (IPO)
Answer:
The initial public offering is the sale of equity shares to the public first time in order to raise capital. This is the most popular and common method used by companies. The company invites the public to subscribe to its shares by issuing prospects.

Question 16.
Blank Transfer
Answer:

  • The Blank transfer means the sale or transfer of securities in which the name of the buyer or transferee is not recorded.
  • When a member signs the Instrument of transfer without filling in the name of the transferee and hands it over to the transferee with the share certificate it is called ‘Blank Transfer.’
  • The blank transfer enables easy to purchase and sale of shares as the blank transfer form can be sold any number of times.
  • The intermediate buyers need not pay stamp duty.

Question 17.
Further Public Offer (FPO)
Answer:
It is also called a follow-on public offer. When the company issue shares to the public after IPO, it is called a further public offer. Thus every issue of shares by a listed company after its IPO is called an FPO. FPO leads to an increase in the subscribed capital of the company.

Question 18.
Forged Transfer
Answer:

  • An instrument on which if the signature of the transferor is forged is called forged transfer.
  • It is a null transfer and does not counter any title.
  • As the signature of the transferor is forged, the company should not register such transfer of shares.

Question 19.
Rights issue
Answer:
A rights issue is an invitation to existing shareholders to purchase additional new shares in the company. A rights issue is a way by which a listed company can raise additional capital.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 20.
Private Placement
Answer:
When a company offers its securities to a selected group of persons not exceeding 200, it is called private placement. Here securities are not offered to the general public.

5. Study the following cases and express your opinion.

1. Eva Ltd. Company’s capital structure is made up of 1,00,000 equity shares having a face value of ₹ 10/- each. The company has offered to the public 40,000 equity shares and out of this, the public has subscribed for 30,000 equity shares. State the following in rupees-

Question (a).
Authorized capital
Answer:
The authorized capital is ₹ 10,00,000 (1,00,000 equity shares × ₹ 10/- each)

Question (b).
Subscribed capital
Ans. The subscribed capital is ₹ 3,00,000 (30,000 equity shares × ₹ 10/- each)

Question (c).
Issued capital
Answer:
The issued capital is ₹ 4,00,000 (40,000 equity shares × ₹ 10/- each)

2. TRI. Ltd company is a newly incorporated public company and wants to raise share capital by issuing equity shares in the market. The board of directors is considering various options for this. Advise the board on the following matters:

Question (a).
What should the company offer – IPO or FPO?
Answer:
The Company should offer IPO.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question (b).
Can the company offer Bonus shares to raise its capital?
Answer:
The company cannot offer Bonus Shares. Bonus Shares are given out of only accumulated capital or reserves only.

Question (c).
Can the company enter into an underwriting Agreement?
Answer:
Yes. The company can enter into an Underwriting Agreement. The underwriters assure the company to take up the unsold shares so that company can be able to raise the minimum subscription.

3. Silver ltd. The company has recently come out with its public offer through FPO. Their issue was over-subscribed. The board of directors now wants to start the allotment process.

Question (a).
Should the company set up an allotment committee?
Answer:
Yes. The company should set up an allotment committee as the issue is over-subscribed so the Board has to set up an allotment committee.

Question (b).
How should the company information to whom the company is allotting shares?
Answer:
The company should inform the applicants through a letter of allotment for allotting shares.

Question (c).
Within what period should the company issue a share certificate?
Answer:
The company should issue share certificates within two months from the date of allotment.

4. Red Tubes Ltd. has made a demand on its shareholders to pay the balance unpaid amount of ₹ 20/- per share (having a face value of ₹ 100) held by them. The company has sent letters asking the shareholders to pay the money to its Bankers within the specified time.

Question (a).
Are the shareholders liable to pay ₹ 20/- for the shares held by them?
Answer:
Yes. The shareholders are liable to pay ₹ 20 for the shares held by them. When a company demands the shareholder to pay a part or full amount of the balance amount unpaid on shares it is called ‘calls on shares’.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question (b).
Name the letter sent by the company to its shareholders asking them to pay ₹ 20/-
Answer:
The company will send a ‘Call Letter’ to its shareholders for asking them to pay ₹ 20.

Question (c).
What happens if the shareholders fail to pay the money within a specific time?
Answer:
If a shareholder fails to pay call money within the specified time, the company can forfeit the shares.

5. X owns 100 shares and Y owns 500 shares of RED tubes. The company has asked all its shareholders to pay the balance unpaid amount of rupees 20. X pays full money demanded by the company and Y failed to pay the money due to poor financial condition.

Question (a).
Can the company forfeit the shares of Y?
Answer:
Yes. The company can forfeit the shares of ‘Y’ as he failed to pay calls on shares within a certain period.

Question (b).
Can the company forfeit the shares of X?
Answer:
The company cannot forfeit the shares of ‘X’ as he paid the full amount of shares. Only partly paid-up shares can be forfeited.

Question (c).
Can X transfer his shares?
Answer:
Yes. X can transfer his shares by filling Instrument of transfer.

4. Distinguish between the following.

Question 1.
Initial Public Offer and Further Public Offer
Answer:

Points Initial Public offer Further Public offer
1. Meaning IPO refers to an offer of Securities by an unlisted public company to the public for the first time. FPO means an offer of securities by a listed public company to the public to raise subsequent capital.
2. Raising Money Raising Money for the first time from the public. Before FPO Company has already raised money through an IPO.
3. When Issued It is usually issued by an existing company that wants to raise capital from the public for the first time. It is usually issued by a listed public company when it wants to raise further capital from the public.
4. Order of Issue IPO precedes FPO. IPO is the first time sale of shares to the public. FPO is always done after IPO. FPO is the second or subsequent sale of shares to the public.
5. Listing The company has to get itself listed for the first time before issuing IPO. A company making an FPO is already a listed company.
6. Risk It is very risky for the investor as he cannot predict the company’s performance. It is less risky for the investor as he has an idea of the company’s past performance and can judge its future performance.

Question 2.
Fixed Price Issue Method and Book Building Method
Answer:

Points Fixed Price Issue Method Book Building Method
1. Meaning Under this method, the issue price of shares is mentioned in the prospectus and investors have to buy shares at that price only. Under this method, the issue price is determined by a bidding process.
2. Price of Shares The exact price of shares is known in advance and it is mentioned in the prospectus. The price of shares is not known in advance only the minimum price and maximum price at which the company is willing to sell the shares is known in advance.
3. Prospectus The company has to issue a prospectus and it contains the details of the price at which shares are offered and the total number of shares offered by the company. The company issues a Red Herring Prospectus. It contains only the price band and the total size of the issue.
4. Determination of Demand The company comes to know the public demand for its shares only after the closure of the issue. The company comes to know the public demand for its shares every day. The bids are registered in the book .everyday till the closure of the issue.
5. Payment of Application Money Application money or entire money has to be paid by the investor at the time of submitting the application for shares. Only application money has to be paid at the time of bidding. Money will be collected only after the issue price has been fixed.
6. When Used It can be used for any issue i.e., Public issues, Rights Issues, FSOS, etc. It is usually used in public issues i.e., IPO and FPO

Question 3.
Right shares and Bonus shares
Answer:

Points Rights Shares Bonus Shares
1. Meaning In the rights issues, shares are offered to the existing equity shareholders. Bonus shares are issued to the existing equity shareholders free of cost.
2. Payment Subscribers have to pay for the Right Shares. Bonus Shares are issued free of cost to the shareholders.
3. Partly/Fully paid-up shares Shareholders have to pay for these shares as Application Money, Allotment, Call money, etc. Bonus Shares are fully paid up shares so no money has to be paid by shareholders to the company.
4. Minimum Subscription The company has to obtain a minimum subscription for Rights shares. There is no minimum Subscription to be collected for Bonus shares.
5. Right to Renounce The shareholders can renounce their shares. Shareholders cannot renounce their bonus share.
6. Purpose of Issue The main purpose to issue rights shares is to raise fresh funds and along with it to give a chance to their existing members to increase their shareholding. The main purpose of issuing bonus shares, is to give rewards to its existing equity shareholders out of its accumulated huge profits or Reserves.

Question 4.
Transfer of shares and Transmission of shares
Answer:

Points Transfer of shares Transmission of shares
1. Meaning Transfer of shares means the transfer of ownership of shares from one person to another by entering into a contract. It means the transfer of ownership of a member’s shares to his legal representative due to the operation of law. It takes place on the death of insolvency or insanity of the members.
2. When Done It is done when the member wants to sell his shares or give his shares as a gift. It is done when the member dies or becomes insolvent or suffering from insanity.
3. Nature of Action It is a voluntary action taken by the member. It is an involuntary action. It is performed by operation of law.
4. Parties Involved In the transfer of shares, there are two parties involved – the member who is called as transferor and the buyer who is called as transferee. There is only one party e.g., the nominee of the members in case of death of the member or the legal representative.
5. Instrument of transfer Transfer requires an Instrument of transfer. No instrument of transfer is needed.
6. Initiated by The transferor initiates the transfer process. Legal representative or official receiver initiates the process of transmission.
7. Consideration Transfer of shares is done often by the member to receiving some consideration e.g., money. In the transmission of shares, no consideration is involved.
8. Liability The liability of the transferor ends after the shares are transferred. Original liability of the member continues in case of transmission of shares.
9. Stamp duty Stamp duty as per the market value of shares has to be paid. No stamp duty is to be paid.

5. Answer in brief.

Question 1.
What is Book Building Method?
Answer:

  • The method of offering shares by providing a price range is called the book building method.
  • In the book, building method shares will be sold by the bidding process.
  • The company issues a Red Herring Prospectus which contains a price range or price band and as the investor to bid on it.
  • In this method, the company doesn’t fix up a particular price for the share but gives a price range e.g., ₹ 80 to ₹ 100.
  • When bidding for the shares, investors have to decide at which price they would like to bid for the shares e.g. ₹ 80, ₹ 90, ₹ 100.
  • The lower price band (₹ 80) is known as the floor price and the highest price band (₹ 100) is known as the cap price. The final price at which shares are offered to investors is called the cut-off price.
  • Board on the demand and supply of the shares, decides the final price is to be fixed.
  • Investors can bid on any number of shares that they are willing to buy at a given price band. Such Bidding is kept open for 5 days.
  • The bids with application money are to be submitted to the Lead Merchant Bankers called ‘Book Runners’ who enter the bids in a book.
  • After bidding, the company fixes a cut-off price at which shares on offer can be sold.
  • The company issues a prospectus that contains the final price.
  • Book Building method is used for public issues i.e., IPO and FPO.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 2.
State the provisions for the Rights issue.
Answer:

  • When a company wants to issue further capital it can issue shares to its existing equity shareholders which are called Rights Issue.
  • According to the Companies Act, 2013 company has to fulfill certain provisions for making a Rights Issue.
  • the provisions are
    • Rights shares are sold to the existing shareholders at a price that is lesser than its market price.
    • A company has to send a ‘Letter of offer’ to the existing shareholders at the time of issuing Rights Shares.
    • The letter of offer shall mention
    • The number of shares offered.
    • The period of offer i.e., offer is valid for a period not less than fifteen days and not exceeding thirty days from the date of offer.
    • The letter of offer can be sent by registered post, speed post, courier, or through electronic mode.
    • If a shareholder does not respond to the Rights Issue offer within a given time, it is implied that he is not interested in the offer and the company can offer the unsold shares to new Investors.

Question 3.
State the provisions related to Bonus Shares.
Answer:

  • Bonus Shares are fully paid shares issued free of cost to the existing equity shareholders.
  • According to Companies Act 2013, every company has to follow certain provisions to issue Bonus Shares.

Following are the provisions related to Bonus Issue-

  • A company can issue Bonus Shares only out of
    • Free reserves or
    • Securities Premium Account
    • Capital Redemption Reserve Account
  • A company cannot issue Bonus Shares only out of Reserves credited by the Revaluation of Assets.
  • It also cannot issue Bonus Shares instead of paying dividend.
  • Once the announcement for Bonus Shares is made by the Board of Directors, it cannot be then withdrawn.
  • Bonus shares are fully paid up shares.
  • Shareholders cannot renounce i.e give away their Bonus Shares to another person.
  • There is no minimum subscription to be collected.

Question 4.
State the general principles/rules for allotment of shares.
Answer:
Every company issuing shares has to follow rules or general principles given by the Companies Act 2013 as follows:

  • Proper Authority: The Board of Directors or the allotment committee set up by the Board has the authority to allot shares.
  • Allotment must be against application only: A Company can allot shares only if it has received a written application for shares from the applicant. Allotment of shares cannot take place on the basis of an oral request.
  • Reasonable time: As per the Act, allotment shall be done within 60 days of receipt of application money. Allotment can be made from the fifth day from the date of issue of prospectus.
  • Absolute and Unconditional allotment: Shares should be allotted on the same terms as stated in the prospectus and application form. No change in terms of allotment or new conditions can be added at the time of allotment.
  • Communication: Company has to inform the applicant that shares have been allotted, to him by sending a letter of allotment or allotment advice. The letter gives details of a number of shares allotted amount of Allotment money to be paid etc.
  • Allotment should not be in Contravention (Violation) of any other laws: A company cannot allot shares by violating or contradicting any other existing laws e.g., shares cannot be allotted to a minor, of a country where a company operates its business.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 5.
State the contents of the Share Certificate.
Answer:
A Share certificate refers to a document which is issued by a company evidencing that a person named in such certificate is the owner of the shares of the company stated in the share certificate.
Share certificate has to be issued under the common seal of the company. It should be issued within 2 months from the date of allotment against the allotment letter.

Contents of Share Certificate:
Share Certificate should be in Form SH – 1 as prescribed under Companies (Share Capital and Debenture) Rules 2014.

  • Name of the company with Registered office address
  • Folio Number
  • Share Certificate Number
  • Name of Member
  • Nature of share number of shares and a distinctive number of shares.
  • Amount paid on shares
  • Common seal, if any, and signature of two directors and company secretary.

Question 6.
What are the effects of forfeiture of shares?
Answer:
If a shareholder, who is called upon to pay any call fails to pay the amount, even after sending many reminders the company may forfeit his shares. Thus forfeiture of shares means cancellation of shares.

Effects of Forfeiture

  • Cessation of Membership: On forfeiture, a member ceases to be a member of a company and loses all membership rights. The member’s name is removed from the Register of Members.
  • Liability of Member: A member is liable for unpaid calls even after forfeiture of shares. The liability ceases only when the company reissues the forfeited shares.
  • Liquidation of Company: If a company goes in for liquidation within one year of forfeiture of shares, the member whose shares have been forfeited is liable to pay the calls as a past member.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 7.
When can the Board of Directors refuse the transfer of shares?
Answer:

  • Board of Directors can refuse transfer of shares as they have authority to refuse registration of transfer of shares.
  • A notice of refusal of transfer is to be sent by the board to a member within 30 days from the date on which the instrument of transfer is received by the company.
  • The board may refuse to register the transfer under following conditions.
    • When the provisions for transfer of shares as given in the Articles of Association are not fulfilled by the member.
    • When the instrument of transfer is not as per the rules prescribed under the Companies Act.
    • When the instrument is not accompanied by the share certificate.
    • When the company has a lien on the shares to be transferred.

Question 8.
Explain Employee Stock Option Scheme.
Answer:
An employee stock option plan is an employee benefits scheme under which the company encourages its employees to acquire ownership in the form of shares. Under this scheme, permanent employees, Directors or Officers of the Company or its holding company or subsidiary company are offered the benefit or right to purchase the equity shares of the company at a future date at a predetermined price. Generally these shares are issued at discount. The shares are offered at a price lesser than their market price.

Following are the provisions related to ESOS:

  • A company may offer the shares directly to the employees or through an Employee Welfare Trust.
  • The shares are offered at a price lesser than their market price.
  • There is a minimum vesting period of one year.
  • Company specifies the lock-in period. It is a minimum of one year between grant of option and vesting.
  • Shares issued under this scheme enjoys dividend or voting rights only after buying by employees.
  • Company has to get the approval of shareholders through a special resolution to issue ESOS.
  • Employee neither transfer his option to any other person nor pledge/mortgage the shares issued under ESOS.
  • Company has to set up a compensation committee to administer ESOS.
  • The company has to fulfil the provision of SEBI (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 9.
What are Calls on shares?
Answer:

  • Whenever a company issues shares, the company may ask its shareholder to pay value of shares in installment which is known as calls on shares.
  • Company can demand part or full amount of balance amount of unpaid shares.
  • Beside the application money and allotment money if a company demands the balance unpaid amount on shares it is called as calls on shares.
  • The unpaid amount on partly paid-up shares is a liability of the shareholders.
  • Calls on shares can be made by the Board of Directors in the interest of the company.
  • To make a call on shares, company has to send a call letter or notice to the shareholders. This notice is drafted by a secretary and issued in the name of the board of directors. The company gives them a minimum of 14 days notice to pay calls money to the Company’s Banker.
  • No call can be made for more than 25% of the nominal value of shares.

Question 10.
Explain private placement method for the issue of shares.
Answer:

  • When a company offers its securities to a select group of persons not exceeding 200, it is called a private placement.
  • In private placement, the company offers its securities only to identified person and not to the general public.
  • Statement in lieu of prospectus should be filed by the company with ROC before making a private placement.
  • The Board of directors selects or identify the persons to be included in the select group. They can be mutual funds, Institutional Investors etc.
  • Company has to issue private placement offer letter along with the application.
  • The shares offered can be fully or partly paid up and the consideration should be paid by cheque, Demand Draft, etc. but not by cash.
  • Right to renunciation is not given to applicants under private placement. The company has to get approval of shareholders through a special resolution.
  • A company can make private placement through a rights issue and preferential allotment.

6. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
Company has to fulfill certain provisions while making Right Issue.
Answer:

  • When a company wants to issue further capital it can issue shares to its existing equity shareholders which is called Rights Issue.
  • According to the Companies Act 2013 company has to fulfil certain provisions for a making Rights Issue.
  • The provisions are
    • Rights shares are sold to the existing shareholders at a price that is lesser than its market price.
    • A company has to send ‘Letter of offer’ to the existing shareholders at the time of issuing Right Shares.
    • The letter of offer shall mention
      • The number of shares offered.
      • The Period of offer i.e., offer is valid for a period not less than fifteen days and not exceeding thirty days from the date of offer.
    • The letter of offer can be sent by registered post, speed post, courier or through electronic mode.
    • If a shareholder does not respond to the Rights Issue offer within a given time, it is implied that he is not interested in the offer and company can offer the unsold shares to new Investors.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 2.
To issue Bonus shares a company has to fulfil certain provisions.
Answer:

  • Bonus shares are fully paid shares issued free of cost to the existing equity shareholders.
  • According to Companies Act 2013, every company has to follow certain provisions to issue Bonus Shares.

Following are the provisions related to Bonus Issue-

  • A company can issue Bonus shares only out of
    • Free reserves or
    • Securities Premium Account
    • Capital Redemption Reserve Account
  • A company cannot issue Bonus Shares only out of Reserves credited by the Revaluation of Assets.
  • It also cannot issue Bonus Shares instead of paying dividends.
  • Once the announcement for Bonus Shares is made by the Board of Directors, it cannot be then withdrawn.
  • Bonus shares are fully paid up shares.
  • Shareholders cannot renounce i.e., give away their Bonus Shares to another person.
  • There is no minimum subscription to be collected.

Question 3.
ESOS is offered by a company to its permanent employees, Directors, and officers.
Answer:

  • A company can raise funds by offering shares to its existing permanent employees by ESOS Scheme.
  • Under this scheme permanent employees Directors or officers of the company are offered the benefit or right to purchase the equity shares of the company at a future date with a pre-determined price.
  • ESOS is followed by the company to encourage its employees and to give certain benefits to them.
  • Through ESOS, the company can retain its good and talented employees.
  • A company may offer the shares directly to the employees or through an Employee Welfare Trust.
  • It is helpful to the company to generate goodwill in the market also.

Question 4.
The company has to fulfill general principles/rules for allotment of shares.
Answer:
Every company issuing shares has to follow rules or general principles given by the Companies Act, 2013 as follows:

  • Proper Authority: The Board of Directors or the allotment committee set up by the Board has the authority to allot shares.
  • Allotment must be against application only: A Company can allot shares only if it has received a written application for shares from the applicant. Allotment of shares cannot take place on the basis of an oral request.
  • Reasonable time: As per the Act, allotment shall be done within 60 days of receipt of application money. Allotment can be made from the fifth day from the date of issue of prospectus.
  • Absolute and Unconditional allotment: Shares should be allotted on the same terms as stated in the prospectus and application form. No change in terms of allotment or new conditions can be added at the time of allotment.
  • Communication: Company has to inform the applicant that shares have been allotted to him by sending a letter of allotment or allotment advice. The letter gives details of a number of shares allotted, amount of Allotment Money to be paid etc.
  • Allotment should not be in Contravention (Violation) of any other laws: A company cannot allot shares by violating or contradicting any other existing laws e.g., shares cannot be allotted to a minor, of a country where a company operates its business.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 5.
A Company can issue a duplicate share certificate.
Answer:
A Company can issue a duplicate share certificate in the following circumstances:

  • If original share certificate has been defaced, mutilated or tom and is surrendered to the company.
  • If it has been proved by the holder that the original share certificate is lost or destroyed.
  • In case of loss of share certificate, the company puts up a notice in the newspaper to announce the loss of the share certificate.
  • If the company does not get any response from the public within the specified time, then the company issues a duplicate share certificate.
  • Duplicate share certificate should be issued within three months from the date of application.
  • Duplicate share certificate should be issued within 3 months from the date of application with bold ‘duplicate share certificate’ marked on it.

Question 6.
Board of directors has the authority to forfeit shares.
Answer:

  • Forfeiture of shares is a process where the company forfeits the shares of a member or shareholder who fails to pay a call on shares. The forfeiture of a share is a forceful activity performed by a company due to non-payment of calls by shareholders.
  • Only the Board of directors can forfeit the shares if the process of forfeiture is authorised by the Articles of Association.
  • Board of directors can forfeit shares only in the interest of the company.
  • A 14 days of notice should be sent to a concerned member.
  • Thus Board of directors can make forfeiture of shares.

Question 7.
A member of a public company can transfer shares.
Answer:

  • Transfer of shares means voluntary transfer of shares by a member of a company to another person against consideration.
  • In the case of public companies, shares are freely transferable subject to provisions of the Articles of Association.
  • A member has to apply to the company for the transfer of shares by filling the ‘Instrument of Transfer’.
  • Member who is transferring the shares is called as Transferor and to whom shares are transferred is called Transferee.
  • Transfer is said to be completed only when the transfer is registered in the Register of Members.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Question 8.
The Board of Directors can refuse the transfer of shares.
Answer:

  • Board of Directors can refuse transfer of shares as they have authority to refuse registration of transfer of shares.
  • A notice of refusal of transfer is to be sent by the board to a member within 30 days from the date on which the instrument of transfer is received by the company.
  • The board may refuse to register the transfer under the following conditions.
    • When the provisions for transfer of shares as given in the Articles of Association is not fulfilled by the member.
    • When the instrument of transfer is not as per the rules prescribed under the Companies Act.
    • When the instrument is not accompanied by the share certificate.
    • When the company has a lien on the shares to be transferred.

7. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Explain the classification of Share Capital.
OR
Explain types of Share Capital.
Answer:
Share capital is the capital that is built up by the company by issuing shares in the market. Share capital consist of capital that is made up of Equity shares and Preference shares.
Share capital can be classified as-
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares 7 Q1

(i) Authorised or Nominal or Registered Capital

  • The Authorized capital is the maximum amount of capital that a company can raise through the issue of shares to the shareholders.
  • The Authorized capital of a company is also called as the Registered capital or Nominal Capital.
  • Authorized capital is the maximum capital that is authorized by the company’s Memorandum of Association.
  • The Authorized capital is mentioned in the Memorandum of Association of the company under the heading ‘capital clause’ and the company pays stamp duty on this amount at the time of incorporation.
  • Authorized capital is also called as ‘Nominal Capital’ as usually a company never issues the entire Authorized Capital.
  • A company can increase its Authorized Capital by altering its Memorandum of Association.
  • The maximum limit of authorized capital is registered with the registrar of the companies.
  • Example of Authorized Capital: XYZ Ltd. Company has an authorized capital of ₹ 10,00,000, then it can issue shares worth up to ₹ 10,00,000 to its shareholders and cannot issue anything beyond it.

(ii) Issued and Unissued capital:

  • Issued capital is that portion of authorized shares capital that had been raised by issuing shares to the general public.
  • These are the shares that the company offers to prospective investors for a subscription.
  • The issued capital of a company may be equal to or less than the Authorized Capital of incorporation.
  • The balance part of Authorized Capital which is not offered to the public for subscription is called ‘unissued capital’.
  • Unissued capital is that capital which a Company is authorized to issue but has not issued as shares.
  • Unissued capital is the balance part of Authorised capital which is not offered to the public.
  • Example of Issued and Unissued Capital: XYZ Ltd Company can have issued Capital of ₹ 4,00,000 divided into 40,000
  • Equity Shares at Face Value of ₹ 10/- each and the Unissued Capital 6,00,000 divided into 60,000 equity shares of ₹ 10/- each.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

(iii) Subscribed and Unsubscribed Capital:

  • Subscribed share capital is that part of issued share capital for which a company has positively received a subscription from the investor.
  • It is a part of Issued Capital that has been subscribed by investors or purchased by the general public.
  • The subscribed capital may be equal to or less than the issued capital.
  • The part of the Issued Capital which is not subscribed by the investors is called as ‘Unsubscribed Capital’.
  • Example of Issued and Unissued capital: If XYZ Ltd company has issued capital ₹ 4,00,000 i.e., it has issued 40,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each and company has received subscription for 30,000 shares i.e., for 30,000 equity shares of ₹ 10/- each then its subscribed capital is ₹ 3,00,000 and unsubscribed capital will be ₹ 1,00,000 divided into 10,000 Equity shares of ₹ 10/- each.

(iv) Called up and Uncalled capital and Reserve capital:

  • Called up share capital is that part of share capital that has been called by the company for payment from shareholders.
  • The company collects the full value of shares in installments and each installment is called a ‘call’.
  • Uncalled Capital is that part of subscribed capital that is not demanded from the shareholders.
  • A company can decide to keep aside a part of its uncalled capital to be called up only at the time of winding up of a company to meet its financial requirements. Which is called a Reserve Capital.

Example of call up, uncalled and Reserve Capital.
If XYZ Ltd company is to subscribed capital is ₹ 3,00,000 i.e., 30,000 equity shares of face value of ₹ 10/- each. Out of which company made first call of ₹ 5/- per share, so company called up capital will be ₹ 1,50,000 (30,000 Equity shares × ₹ 5/- each = ₹ 1,50,000)

If the company decides to keep ₹ 1/- per share as capital to be collected at the time of the winding-up, the Reserve Capital will be 30,000 (30,000 equity shares of ₹ 10 each.)
Uncalled Capital will be ₹ 1,20,000 (30,000 equity shares were 4 per share which will be called up in the future.)

(v) Paid-up capital and calls in Arrears:

  • Paid-up capital is the amount of money a company has received from shareholders in exchange for shares.
  • It is the total amount of money paid up by the shareholders when the company has called up or demanded them to pay.
  • The paid-up capital can be equal to or less than the authorized capital.
  • Unpaid capital means any uncalled or unpaid share capital. The amount not paid to shareholders is also called as calls in Arrears.
  • Every shareholder has to pay calls as and when the company demands, failure to pay the calls may lead to future forfeiture of shares (cancellation of shares).

Example of paid up capital and calls in Arrears.
‘XYZ’ Ltd Company has made a call of ₹ 5/- per share on 30,000 equity shares, so if all the shareholder have paid the calls, then paid-up capital will be ₹ 1,50,000 (30,000 equity shares of ₹ 5/- per share). But if 10,000 Equity Shareholders have not paid calls then the paid-up capital will be ₹ 1,00,000 (20,000 Equity Shares × ₹ 5/- per share) and calls in Arrears will be ₹ 50,000 (10,000 Equity Shares × ₹ 5/- per share).

Question 2.
What are the methods of issue of shares to the public through public offer?
Answer:
Issue of shares is the process in which companies offer new shares to shareholders. The company follows different methods prescribed by the Companies Act 2013 while issuing the shares. There are two methods of issue of shares to the public through public offer, they are – Public issue or Public offer of shares.

A public offering is the sale of equity shares to the public in order to raise capital. This is the most popular and common method used by companies. The company invites the public to subscribe to its shares by issuing prospects. A company can use two pricing methods to offer shares to the public.

(i) Fixed Price Issue method:

  • In an initial public offering (IPO), if the shares are offered at a fixed price such issue is known as Fixed Price issue.
  • In this method, company mentions the Quantity and the price at which shares are offered.
  • Investors can pay a certain portion of face value of shares or the entire issue price along with the application.
  • Company issues shares at par. E.g., shares having a face value of ₹ 100 and is issued as ₹ 100, at premium e.g., a share having a face value of 100 and is issued at ₹ 150, or at discount e.g., face value is ₹ 100 and the insured price is ₹ 80/-.
  • Fixed price method is used for all types of issues i.e. Public issue, Right issue, Esos etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

(ii) Book Building Method:

  • The method of offering shares by providing a price range is called the book building method.
  • In the book building method shares will be sold by the bidding process.
  • The company issues a Red Herring Prospectus which contains a price range or price band and asks the investor to bid on it.
  • In this method the company doesn’t fix up a particular price for the share but gives a price range e.g., ₹ 80 to 100.
  • When bidding for the shares, investors have to decide at which price they would like to bid for the shares e.g., ₹ 80, ₹ 90, ₹ 100.
  • The lower price band (₹ 80) is known as the floor price and the highest price band (₹ 100) is known as cap price. The final price at which shares are offered to investors is called cut off price.
  • Based on the demand and supply of the shares, the final price is fixed.
  • Investors can bid on any number of shares that they are willing to buy at given price band. Such bidding is kept open for 5 days.
  • The bids with application money is to be submitted to the Lead Merchant Bankers called ‘Book Runners’ who enter the bids in a book.
  • After bidding, the company fixes cut off the price at which shares on offer can be sold.
  • Company issues a prospectus which contains the final price.
  • Book Building method is used for public issues i.e. IPO and FPO.

Further public offer:
It is also called a follow on public offer. When the company issue shares to the public after IPO, it is called a a further public offer. Thus every issue of shares by a listed company after its IPO is called as FPO. FPO leads to an increase in the subscribed capital of the company.

Question 3.
Explain briefly the different types of shares offered by a company to its existing equity shareholders.
Answer:
The company issues equity shares in the market. The equity shareholders are the real owner of the company.
A company can raise funds by offering shares to its existing equity shareholders as follows.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares 7 Q3

(i) Right Issue:
A right issue is an invitation to existing shareholders to purchase additional new shares in the company. A right issue is a way by which a listed company can raise additional capital. Instead of going for the public issue of shares, the company gives its existing shareholders, the right to subscribe to newly issued shares in proportion to their existing equity shareholding.

Whenever a company makes the further issue of shares the existing equity shareholders have preemptive rights means the first option to buy shares.

Company making rights issue has to fulfil the following provision:

  • Rights shares are sold to the existing shareholders at a price that is lesser than its market price.
  • A company has to send a ‘Letter of offer’ to the existing shareholders at the time of issuing Rights Shares.
  • The letter of offer shall mention
  • The number of shares offered.
  • The period of offer i.e., offer is valid for a period not less than fifteen days and not exceeding thirty days from the date of the offer.
  • The letter of offer can be sent by registered post, speed post, courier or through electronic mode.
  • If a shareholder does not respond to the Rights Issue offer within a given time, it is implied that he is not interested in the offer and company can offer the unsold shares to new Investors.

(ii) Bonus Issue/Bonus Shares:
Bonus Shares are shares distributed by a company to its current shareholders as fully paid shares free of charge. The Bonus shares are given to the existing equity shareholders according to their existing proportion of equity shareholdings.

Like for example, a company declaring one for two bonus share proportion means that an existing shareholder would get one bonus share of the company for every two shares held. Financially sound companies issue Bonus shares out of their accumulated distributable profits or reserves. Hence as the profits or reserves are capitalized, it is called “Capitalisation of Profits or Reserves.”

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

Following are the provisions related to Bonus Issue-

  • A company can issue Bonus shares only out of
  • Free reserves or
  • Securities Premium Account
  • Capital Redemption Reserve Account
  • A company cannot issue bonus shares only out of Reserves Credited by the Revaluation of Assets.
  • It also cannot issue Bonus Shares instead of paying dividends.
  • Once the announcement for Bonus shares is made by the Board of Directors, it cannot be then withdrawn.
  • Bonus shares are fully paid up shares.
  • Shareholders cannot renounce i.e, give away their Bonus Shares to another person.
  • There is no minimum subscription to be collected.

Question 4.
Explain the statutory provisions for the allotment of shares.
Answer:

  • The allotment of shares is the issuing of new shares to an applicant based on the application submitted or to the existing shareholders.
  • Every company has to fulfill the provisions of the Companies Act for making allotment of shares.
  • The provisions which are laid down by the Companies Act, 2013 are called statutory provisions.

(i) Registration of Prospectus:

  • A copy of the prospectus must be filed with the Registrar of Companies for registration on or before the date of its publication.
  • In the case of the newly formed company, a prospectus must be signed by every proposed director or director or his duly authorized advocate. The copy of the prospectus is drafted by the secretary of the company with the permission of the board of directors.

(ii) Application Money:

  • The applicant has to pay a minimum of 5% of nominal amount of the shares along with the application form.
  • For public limited companies SEBI has specified that application money should be minimum of 25% of the nominal amount of shares.
  • The application money is to be paid in the Bank specified by the company.

(iii) Minimum Subscription:

  • Minimum Subscription is the amount which is mentioned in the prospectus. It is the minimum amount of shares which should be bought by the subscribers.
  • According to SEBI minimum subscription should be 90% of the issue.
  • In case the minimum subscription is not collected within the specified time, the company has to return the entire amount of application money to the subscribers.

(iv) Closing of Subscription list:

  • According to SEBI a company has to keep open its subscription list for at least three working days and not more than ten working days.
  • Applicants can apply for shares only when the subscription list is open.

(v) Basic of allotment:

  • Allotment of shares will be decided on the basis of each category of subscribers.
  • Allotment of shares will be as per the minimum application size which is fixed by the company.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

(vi) Over Subscription:

  • Oversubscription refers to a situation in which a company receives more application of shares than the number of shares offered.
  • SEBI does not allow any allotment which is in excess of the offer given by the company through a document or prospectus.
  • SEBI may permit to allot the shares not more than 10% of the net offer.

(vii) Permission to deal on Stock Exchanges:

  • Every company, before making a public offer shall apply to one or more recognized Stock Exchanges to take permission for listing its shares with them
  • The prospectus must mention the name of the stock exchange in which the company is listed.
  • The prospectus should also state the fact that an application for permission to list in that stock exchange has been made by the company.

(viii) Appointment of Managers to the issue and various other agencies.

  • The company has to appoint one or more Merchant Bankers to act as managers to the public issue.
  • The company has to appoint Registrar to the issue (institutions that keeps the records of the issue), collecting bankers and underwriters to the issue as well as brokers to the issue.
  • The company has to also appoint self-certified syndicate banks (banks certified by SEBI which offers ASBA facility to investors), which are certified by SEBI, advertising agents, etc.

Question 5.
Explain briefly the procedure for allotment of shares.
Answer:
Allotment of Shares:

  • Allotment means distribution of shares among the applicants. It means giving shares to share applicants or to specific persons with whom the company has entered into contract.
  • Allotment of shares is a procedure in which shares are distributed to those applicants who have submitted a written application along with the application money. If company allots shares alter fulfilling all statutory and general provisions of Companies Act, 2013 such allotment is called as “Regular Allotment”.

Procedure for Allotment of Shares
(i) Appointment of Allotment Committee

  • When the subscription list is closed the secretary informs the Board of Directors to make preparations for allotment of shares.
  • If the issue is par subscribed or under subscribed, the Board can do the allotment of shares.
  • In case of over subscription the board has to appoint and Allotment Committee to undertake the work of Allotment.
  • The Allotment Committees decides the basis of allotment and submits a report to the Board.

(ii) Hold Board Meeting to Decide Basis of Allotment

  • Board meeting is held to approve the allotment formula suggested by the Allotment Committee.
  • A representative of SEBI should be present when the allotment committee prepares the allotment formula.
  • After approval of the allotment formula, an allotment list is made.
  • If the shares are listed, then the company should take the permission of the concerned stock exchange.
  • The allotment list contains the names of allotters. Which should be signed by the chairman and secretary.

(iii) Pass Board Resolution for allotment:

  • A resolution is passed to allot shares in board meeting.
  • Secretary sends ‘Letter of Allotment’ to allotters those applicant whom shares are allotted.
  • Secretary has to send a ‘Letter of Regret’ to those applicants to whom no shares have been issued.
  • Along with the letter of Regret the application money is also refunded.
  • The company that issues shares in electronic form informs respective Depository (NSDL or CDSL) about allotment of shares.
  • It also provides details of applicants whom shares are allotted, number of shares allotted, etc.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 3 Issue of Shares

(iv) Collection of Allotment Money:

  • The letter of allotment states the money to be paid by the applicant on the allotment of shares.
  • The money has to be paid in the Bank specified by the company within the stipulated time.
  • For all public issues and rights issues ASBA is compulsory since January 2016.

(v) Arrangement Relating to Letters of Renunciation:

  • An applicant who has been allotted shares can renounce the shares in favor of another person.
  • The applicant has to fill up a form for renunciation to the company with the original copy of the letter of allotment.
  • After the permission of the board, the secretary enters the detail of the new person in the application and allotment list.

(vi) Arrangement Relating to Splitting of Allotment letters:

  • An applicant who has been allotted shares can request for the splitting of allotment shares.
  • After getting the approval of the Board for the splitting. Secretary enters the details of the split in the list of split allotment for which secretary has to ensure spilled letter.

(vii) File Return of Allotment:

  • Secretary has to file a “Return of Allotment’ with the Registrar of Companies within 30 days of allotment of shares.
  • The return of allotment contains details of allotment of shares which includes the names and addresses of allotters, the value of shares allotted amount paid or payable on each share, etc.

(viii) Prepare Register of Members and Issue of Share Certificate

  • Secretary has to enter the names of all those applicants who have paid the allotment money in the Register of Members.
  • Secretary also has to prepare the share certificates and distributes them to all the members within two months from the date of allotment of shares.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
___________ is the smallest unit in the total share capital of the company.
(a) Debenture
(b) Bonds
(c) Share
Answer:
(c) Share

Question 2.
The benefit of Depository Receipt is ability to raise capital in ___________ market.
(a) national
(b) local
(c) international
Answer:
(c) international

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 3.
___________ are residual claimants against the income or assets of the company.
(a) Bondholders
(b) Equity shareholders
(c) Debenture holders
Answer:
(b) Equity shareholders

Question 4.
___________ participate in the management of their company.
(a) Preference shareholders
(b) Depositors
(c) Equity shareholders.
Answer:
(c) Equity shareholders

Question 5.
___________ shares are issued free of cost to existing equity shareholders.
(a) Bonus
(b) Right
(c) Equity
Answer:
(a) Bonus

Question 6.
The holder of preference share has the right to receive ___________ rate of dividend.
(a) fixed
(b) fluctuating
(c) lower
Answer:
(a) Fixed

Question 7.
Accumulated dividend is paid to ___________ preference shares.
(a) redeemable
(b) cumulative
(c) convertible
Answer:
(b) Cumulative

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 8.
The holder of ___________ preference shares has the right to convert their shares into equity shares.
(a) cumulative
(b) convertible
(c) redeemable
Answer:
(b) Convertible

Question 9.
Debenture holders are ___________ of the company.
(a) creditors
(b) owners
(c) suppliers
Answer:
(a) creditors

Question 10.
___________ is paid on borrowed capital.
(a) Interest
(b) Discount
(c) Dividend
Answer:
(a) Interest

Question 11.
Debenture holders get fixed rate of ___________ return on their investment.
(a) interest
(b) dividend
(c) discount
Answer:
(a) interest

Question 12.
Convertible debentures are converted into ___________ after a specific period.
(a) equity shares
(b) deposits
(c) bonds
Answer:
(a) equity shares

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 13.
Retained earnings are ___________ source of financing.
(a) internal
(b) external
(c) additional
Answer:
(a) internal

Question 14.
The holder of bond is ___________ of the company.
(a) secretary
(b) owner
(c) creditor
Answer:
(c) creditor

Question 15.
Company can accept deposits from public, minimum for ___________ months.
(a) six
(b) nine
(c) twelve
Answer:
(a) six

Question 16.
Company can accept deposits from public maximum for ___________ months.
(a) 12
(b) 24
(c) 36
Answer:
(c) 36

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 17.
A depository receipt traded in ___________ is called American Depository Receipt.
(a) London
(b) Japan
(c) USA
Answer:
(c) the USA

1B. Match the pairs.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance 1B
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Equity share capital (1) Venture capital
(b) Debenture Trustees (2) Trust Deed
(c) Preference shareholders (3) Cautious investor
(d) Debenture Certificate (4) Instrument of Debt
(e) Bonus shares (5) Capitalisation of profit

1C. Write a word or a term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
The real masters of the company.
Answer:
Equity shareholders

Question 2.
A document of ownership of shares.
Answer:
Share certificate

Question 3.
The holders of these shares are entitled to participate in surplus profits.
Answer:
Participating preference shares

Question 4.
A party through whom the company deals with debenture holders.
Answer:
Debenture trustees

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 5.
Name the shareholder who participates in the management.
Answer:
Equity shareholders

Question 6.
The value of a share is written on the share certificate.
Answer:
Face value

Question 7.
The value of a share is determined by demand and supply forces in the share market.
Answer:
Market value

Question 8.
The policy of using undistributed profit for the business.
Answer:
Retained earnings/ploughing back of profit

Question 9.
It is an acknowledgment of a loan issued by the company to the depositor.
Answer:
Deposit receipt

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 10.
A dollar-denominated instrument trader in the USA.
Answer:
American Depository Receipt

Question 11.
The Depository Receipt is traded in a country other than the USA.
Answer:
Global depository receipt

Question 12.
Money raised by the company from the public for a minimum of 6 months to a maximum of 39 months.
Answer:
Public Deposits

Question 13.
Credit extended by the suppliers with an intention to increase their sales.
Answer:
Trade Credit

Question 14.
The credit facility is provided to a company having a current account with the bank.
Answer:
Overdraft

1D. State Whether the following statements are True or False.

Question 1.
Equity share capital is known as venture capital.
Answer:
True

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 2.
Equity shareholders enjoy a fixed rate of dividends.
Answer:
False

Question 3.
Debenture holders have the right to vote at a general meeting of the company.
Answer:
False

Question 4.
Equity shareholders are described as ‘shock absorbers’ when a company has a financial crisis.
Answer:
True

Question 5.
Bondholders are owners of the company.
Answer:
True

Question 6.
Cash credit is given against hypothecation of goods and security.
Answer:
True

Question 7.
Trade credit is a major source of long-term finance.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 8.
Depository bank stores the shares on behalf of the GDR holder.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Financial institutions underwrite the issue of securities.
Answer:
True

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Debenture, Public Deposit, Retained Earnings
Answer:
Retained earnings

Question 2.
Face value, Market value, Redemption value
Answer:
Redemption value

Question 3.
Share certificate, Debenture certificate, ADR
Answer:
ADR

Question 4.
Trade credit, Overdraft, Cash credit
Answer:
Trade credit

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
The finance needed by business organisation is termed as ___________
Answer:
Capital

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 2.
The convertible preference shareholders have a right to convert their shares into ___________
Answer:
Equity shares

Question 3.
Equity shareholders elect their representative Called ___________
Answer:
Directors

Question 4.
Bonus shares are issued as gift to ___________
Answer:
Equity share holders

Question 5.
The bondholders are ___________of the company.
Answer:
Creditors

Question 6.
Depository receipt traded in a country other than USA is called ___________
Answer:
Global Depository Receipt

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 7.
First Industrial policy was declared in the year ___________
Answer:
1948

Question 8.
When goods are delivered by the supplier to the customer on the basis of deferred payment is called as ___________
Answer:
Trade credit

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance 1G

(Fluctuating rate of dividend, Preference shares, Interest at fixed rate, Retained earnings, short term loan)
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Equity shares (1) Fluctuating rate of dividend
(b) Preference shares (2) Dividend at a fixed rate
(c) Debentures (3) Interest at a fixed rate
(d) Retained earnings (4) Accumulated corporate profit
(e) Public Deposit (5) short term loan

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
What is a share?
Answer:
A share is the smallest unit of the share capital of a company.

Question 2.
What are equity shares?
Answer:
Equity shares are shares that do not preference shares and do not carry priority in receiving dividends nor repayment of capital.

Question 3.
What are preference shares?
Answer:
Preference shares are shares that have preferential rights with regard to receiving dividends and repayment of capital.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 4.
What are retained earnings?
Answer:
A part of the net profit which is not distributed to shareholders as dividend but retained by the company as reserve fund is retained earnings.

Question 5.
What is a debenture?
Answer:
It is a document/instrument issued in the form of a debenture certificate under the common seal of the company acknowledging/evidencing the debt.

Question 6.
What is a bond?
Answer:
A bond is a debt security and a formal contract to repay borrowed money with interest.

Question 7.
In which country can ADR be issued?
Answer:
ADR (American Depository Receipt) is a depository Receipt that is issued in the USA.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 8.
In which country can GDR be issued?
Answer:
GDR (Global depository receipt) can be issued in countries other than the USA.

Question 9.
What are convertible debentures?
Answer:
Convertible debentures are debentures that are converted into equity shares after a specific period as specified at the time of issue.

Question 10.
What are cumulative preference shares?
Answer:
Cumulative preference shares are shares where dividend, if not paid in a year accumulates till it is paid.

1I. Correct the underlined words and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Owned capital is temporary capital.
Answer:
Owned capital is permanent capital.

Question 2.
Equity shares get dividends at a fixed rate.
Answer:
Equity shares get dividends at fluctuating rates.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 3.
Preference shares get dividends at fluctuating rates.
Answer:
Preference shares get dividends at a fixed rate.

Question 4.
Retained earnings are an external source of finance.
Answer:
Retained earnings are an internal source of finance.

Question 5.
The debenture holder is the owner of the company.
Answer:
The debenture holder is a creditor of the company.

Question 6.
Bond is a source of short-term finance.
Answer:
Bond is a source of long-term finance.

Question 7.
Depository receipt traded in the USA is called Global Depository Receipt.
Answer:
Depository receipt traded in the USA is called American Depository Receipt.

2. Explain the following terms/Concepts.

Question 1.
Borrowed capital
Answer:

  • It consists of capital that is raised through borrowings.
  • It can be raised by issuing debentures, deposits, loans from banks or financial institutions.

Question 2.
Owned capital
Answer:

  • Owned capital is the capital raised by the company with the help of owners (shareholders).
  • It can be raised by issuing equity and preference shares.

Question 3.
Ploughing back of profit
Answer:

  • Ploughing back of profit or retained earnings is a management policy under which all profits are not distributed amongst shareholders.
  • It is an internal source of financing or self-financing as when the need arises, such reserves are ploughed back, brought into the business to meet the financial needs.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 4.
Overdraft
Answer:

  • It is a credit agreement made with a bank that allows an account holder to withdraw more money than what a company has in its account up to a specific/prescribed limit.
  • This facility is available to current account holders.

Question 5.
Trade Credit
Answer:

  • Trade credit is credit extended by one trader to another when goods and services are bought/sold on credit.
  • It facilitates the purchase of supplies without making an immediate payment.
  • It is used by business organisations as a source of short-term financing and granted to those having reasonable standing and goodwill.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. The Balance sheet of a Donald Company for the year 2018-19 reveals equity share capital of Rs. 25,00,000 and retained earnings of Rs. 50,00,000.

Question (a).
Is the company financially sound?
Answer:
The company is financially sound as it has double the amount as reserves or retained earnings or kept aside profits.

Question (b).
Can the retained earnings be converted into capital?
Answer:
Yes, the retained earnings can be converted into capital by means of capitalisation of reserves.

Question (c).
What type of source retained earning is?
Answer:
Retained earning is self-financing or an internal source of finance.

2. Mr. Satish is a speculator. He desires to take advantage of the growing market for the company’s products and earn handsomely.

Question (a).
According to you, which type of share Mr. Satish will choose to invest in.
Answer:
As Mr. Satish is a speculator, he will choose equity shares to invest in because if there are good earnings/profits, so will be the rate of dividend.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question (b).
What does he receive as a return on investment?
Answer:
He receives a fluctuating rate of dividends.

Question (C).
State anyone, right he will enjoy as a shareholder.
Answer:
The right to attend the meeting and vote on resolutions can be the right Mr. Satish can exercise as a member.

3. Mr. Rohit, an individual investor, invests his own funds in the securities. He depends on investment income and does not want to take any risk. He is interested in the definite rate of income and safety of the principal.

Question (a).
Name the type of security that Mr. Rohit will opt for.
Answer:
As Mr. Rohit does not want to take risks, he will opt for preference shares which will assure him of steady income and safety of his investment.

Question (b).
What does he receive as a return on his investment?
Answer:
Mr. Rohit will receive dividends in return.

Question (c).
The return on investment which he receives is fixed or fluctuating.
Answer:
The return on his investment will be fixed and not fluctuating.

4. Distinguish between the following.

Question 1.
Equity Shares and Preference Shares
Answer:

Points Equity Shares Preference Shares
1. Meaning Shares that are not preference shares are called equity shares i.e. these shares do not have the preferential rights for payment of dividends and repayment of capital. Preferences shares are shares that carry preferential rights as to payment of:

  • Dividend and
  • Repayment of capital.
2. Rate of Dividend Equity shares are given dividends at a fluctuating rate depending upon the profits of the company. Preference shareholders get dividends at a fixed rate.
3. Voting Right Equity shareholders enjoy normal voting rights. They participate in the management of their company. Preference shareholders do not enjoy normal voting right. They can vote only on matters affecting their interest.
4. Return of Capital Equity capital can not be returned during the lifetime of the company, (except in case of buyback). A company can issue redeemable preference shares, which can be repaid during the lifetime of the company.
5. Nature of capital Equity capital is known as ‘Risk Capital’. Preference capital is ‘Safe Capital’ with a stable return.
6. Nature of investor The investors who are ready to take risks to invest in equity shares. Investors who are cautious about the safety of their investment invest in preference shares.
7. Face Value The face value of equity shares is generally ₹ 1/- or ₹ 10/- it is relatively low. The face value of preference shares is relatively higher i.e. ₹ 100/- and so on.
8. Right and bonus issue Equity shareholder is entitled to get bonus and right issue. Preference shareholders are not eligible for bonuses and right issues.
9. Capital appreciation The market value of equity shares increases with the prosperity of the company. It leads to an increase in the value of shares. The market value of preference shares does not fluctuate, so there is no possibility/cheques of capital appreciation.
10. Risk Equity shares are subject to higher risk. Preference shares are subject to less risk.
11. Types Equity shares are classified into:

  • Equity shares with normal voting rights.
  • Equity shares with differential voting rights.
Preference shares are classified as:

  • Cumulative Preference Shares
  • Non-Cumulative Preference Shares
  • Convertible Preference Shares
  • Non-Convertible Preference Shares
  • Redeemable Preference Shares
  • Irredeemable Preference Shares
  • Participating Preference Shares
  • Non-Participating Preference Shares

Question 2.
Shares and Debentures
Answer:

Points Shares Debentures
1. Meaning Share is the smallest unit in the total share capital of the company. It is known as ownership securities. A debenture is an instrument evidencing debt under the seal of the Company. They are also known as creditor ship securities.
2. Status A holder of shares is the owner of the company. Hence, share capital is owned capital. A holder of debenture is the creditor of the company. Hence, Debenture capital is loan capital or borrowed capital.
3. Nature It is permanent capital. It is not repaid during the lifetime of the company. It is temporary capital. Generally, it is repaid after a specific period.
4. Voting/Right Shareholders being owners enjoy normal voting rights in general meetings and can participate in the management of the company. Debenture holders being creditors, do not have any voting right and can not participate in the management of the company.
5. Return on Investment Return on shares is called a dividend. Equity shareholders receive dividends at a fluctuating rate whereas preference shareholders receive dividends at a fixed rate. Return on debenture is called interest. It is fixed at the time of issue. Interest is paid even when a company has no profit.
6. Security Share capital is unsecured capital. No security is offered to the shareholder. Debenture capital being loan capital is secured by creating a charge on Company’s property.
7. Time of Issue Shares are issued in the initial stages of the company formation. Debentures are issued at a later stage when the company has properties to offer as security.
8. Suitability Shares are suitable for long-term finance. Debentures are suitable for medium-term finance.
9. Types Shares are classified into:

  • Equity shares
  • Preference
A debenture is classified as:

  • Registered Debentures
  • Bearer Debentures
  • Secured Debentures
  • Unsecured Debentures
  • Redeemable Debentures
  • Irredeemable Debentures
  • Convertible Debentures
  • Non-Convertible Debentures
10. Position on liquidation On liquidation of a company, shareholders rank last in the list of claimants. Debenture holders being creditors, rank prior to shareholders for repayment on liquidation of the company.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 3.
Owned Capital and Borrowed Capital
Answer:

Points Owned Capital Borrowed Capital
1. Meaning It is that capital that is contributed by shareholders. It is that capital that is borrowed from creditors. It is also known as debt capital.
2. Sources This capital is collected by the issue of equity shares and preference shares, ploughing back of profits (ownership securities). It is collected by way of the issue of debentures, fixed deposits, loans from banks/financial institutions, etc. (loan, borrowings).
3. Return on Investment The shareholders get dividends as income on their investment. The rate of dividend is fluctuating, in the case of equity shares but is fixed in the case of preference shares. The debt capital holders get interested as income on their investment. Interest is paid at a fixed rate.
4. Status The shareholders are owners of the company. The debt holders are creditors of the company.
5. Voting right The equity shareholders enjoy normal voting right at the general meetings. The creditors do not enjoy voting rights at the general meeting.
6. Repayment of Capital Redemption The shareholders do not enjoy priority over creditors. They are eligible for repayment of Capital only after making payment to creditors at the time of windings up of the company. The creditors get priority over the shareholders in case of return of principal amount at the time of winding up of the company.
7. Charge on assets The shareholders do not have any charge on the assets of the company. The secured debenture holders have a change on the assets of the company.

5. Answer in brief:

Question 1.
What is a public deposit?
Answer:

  • Public deposit is an important source of financing short-term requirements of the company.
  • Companies generally receive public deposits for a period ranging from 6 months to 36 months.
  • Interest is paid by the companies on such deposits.
  • The company issues a’ Deposit Receipt’ to the depositor.
  • The receipt is an acknowledgment of debt/loan by the company.
  • Deposits are either secured or unsecured loans offered by a company.
  • It is considered a risky investment but investors can earn high returns on public deposits.

Advantages of deposits to the company

  • It is an easier method of mobilizing funds during periods of credit squeeze.
  • The rate of interest payable by the company on public deposits is lower than the interest from banks and financial institutions.
  • It helps the company to borrow funds from a larger segment and thus, reduces dependence on financial institutions.

Question 2.
What are Global Depository Receipt and American Depository Receipt?
Answer:

  • The shares that are issued by public limited companies are traded in various share markets.
  • In India, shares are traded in the Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) National Stock Exchange (NSE), etc.
  • Similarly, Shares are traded in foreign stock exchanges like NYSE (New York Stock Exchange) or NASDAQ (National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation).
  • Companies that cannot list directly on foreign stock exchange get listed indirectly using GDR & ADR.
  • GDR and ADR are Dollar/Euro denominated instruments traded on stock exchanges of foreign countries and are depository receipts containing a fixed number of shares.
  • The Depository Receipts which are traded in the USA are called ADRs and Depository Receipts which are traded in all foreign countries other than the USA are called GDR.
  • Indian Companies raise equity capital in the international market through GDR and ADR.
  • Companies issue shares to an intermediary called ‘depository’.
  • Bank of New York, Citigroup, etc act as Foreign Depository Bank.
  • The Depository Banks issue GDRs or ADRs to investors against Indian Company’s shares.
  • These ‘Depository Receipts’ are then, sold to foreign investors who wish to invest their savings in Indian Cost.
  • The Depository Receipts are listed on the stock exchanges like regular shares.
  • It is a depository bank that stores the shares on behalf of the receipt holder.
  • NRI and foreign investors buy Depository Receipt Using their regular equity trading account.
  • The company pays dividends in the home currency to the depository and the depository converts them into the currency of investor and pays dividends.
  • Indian Companies like HDFC, ICICI, Infosys Technologies, MTNL, WIPRO have ADR and GDR.
    • Tata Motors and VSNL have ADRs.
    • Bajaj Auto Limited ITC, L&T, Hindalco, Ranbaxy Laboratories, and SBI have GDRs.
    • ADR allows the sale of securities only in the American market whereas GDR allows the sale of securities globally.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 3.
What is Trade Credit?
Answer:

  • Every business requires trade credit and is common to all business types.
  • Credit sales or granting of credit is inevitable in the present competitive business world.
  • It is short-term financing to businesses.
  • The small retailers, to a large extent, rely on obtaining trade credit from their suppliers.
  • The cheapest method of financing; it is an easy kind of credit that can be obtained without signing any debt instrument.
  • This is not a cash loan. It results from a sale of goods services which have to be paid sometime after the sale takes place.
  • It is given by one trader to another trader to delay payment for goods and services involved in the transaction.
  • Suppliers sell goods and willingly allow 30 days or more credit period for the bill to be paid.
  • They offer discounts if bills are cleared within a short period such as 10 or 15 days.
  • Such credit is given/granted to those having reasonable standing and goodwill.

Advantages of Trade Credit:

  • Trade Credit is the cheapest and easiest method for raising short-term finance.
  • It can be obtained without making any formal and written agreement or signing the same.
  • It is readily available whenever goods and services are purchased on credit in bulk.
  • It is free of cost source of financing.
  • The terms of trade are lenient and not rigid.

Question 4.
What are the schemes for disbursement of credit by banks?
Answer:
Meaning: Banks play an important role in terms of providing finance to the companies.
They provide short-term finance for working capital, in the form of bank and trade credits.

The innovative schemes by banks for disbursement of credit are as follows:
(i) Overdraft:

  • A company having a current account with the bank is allowed an overdraft facility.
  • The borrower can withdraw funds/overdraw on his current account up to the credit limit sanctioned by the bank.
  • Any number of drawings up to the sanctioned limit is allowed for a stipulated term period.
  • Interest is determined/calculated on the basis of the actual amount overdrawn.
  • Repayments can be made during the time period.

(ii) Cash Credit:

  • The borrower can withdraw the amount from his cash credit up to a stipulated/granted limit based on security margin.
  • Cash credit is given against pledge or hypothecation of goods or by providing alternate securities.
  • Interest is charged on the outstanding amount borrowed and not on the credit limit sanctioned.

(iii) Cash Loans:

  • In this, the total amount of the loan is credited by the bank to the borrower’s account.
  • Interest is payable on the actual outstanding balance.

(iv) Discounting bills of exchange:

  • In the bill of exchange, the drawer of the bill (seller) receives money from the drawee (buyer) on the date or after the due date (the term mentioned in the bill).
  • But due to discounting facility the drawer can receive money before the due date by discounting the bill with the bank (by giving the bill as security to the bank).
  • The bank gives money to the drawer less than the face value of the bill (amount mentioned in the bill) after deducting a certain amount known as discounting charges.
  • The bills are usually traded bills i.e. outcome of trade transactions.
  • The bills are accepted by the banks and cash is advanced against them.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 5.
State the features of bonds.
Answer:
Definition:
According to Webster Dictionary, “a bond is an interest bearing certificate issued by a Government or business firm promising to pay the holder a specific sum at a specified date”.
A bond is thus-

  • A formal contract to repay borrowed money with interest.
  • Interest is payable at a fixed internal or on the maturity of the bond.
  • A bond is a loan.
  • The holder is a lender to the company.
  • He gets a fixed rate of interest.

Features:
(i) Nature of finance:

  • It is debt or loan finance.
  • It provides long-term finance of 5 years, 10 years, 25 years, 50 years.

(ii) Status of investor:

  • The bondholders are creditors.
  • They are non-owners and hence, not entitled to participate in the general meetings.
  • The bondholder has no right to vote.

(iii) Return on bonds:

  • The bondholders get a fixed rate of interest.
  • It is payable on maturity or at a regular interval.
  • Interest is paid to the bondholder at a fixed rate.

(iv) Repayment:

  • A bond is a formal contract to repay borrowed money.
  • Bonds have a specific maturity date, on which the principal amount is repaid.

6. Justify the following statements:

Question 1.
Equity shareholders are real owners and controllers of the company.
Answer:

  • They do not have special preferential rights as to dividends or returns of capital in the event of the winding-up of the company.
  • They are joint owners and thus, have ownership rights.
  • They have the right to participate in the management of the company and to vote on every resolution in the meetings thus, having exclusive voting rights.
  • They use the right to vote to appoint directors, amend Memorandum of Association, Articles of Association, can remove directors appoint bankers, etc.
  • Their shares bear ultimate risks associated with ownership.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the equity shareholders are real owners and controllers of the company.

Question 2.
Preference Shares do not carry normal voting rights.
Answer:

  • Preference shares enjoy priority or preference over equity shareholders as regards payment of dividends and repayment of capital.
  • They carry a fixed rate of dividend.
  • They do not take much risk as they are cautious investors.
  • They attend class meetings if they have any problem affecting their interests or dividend is not paid to them for two or more consecutive years.
  • As they do not take risks, they do not attend general meetings or take part in the management nor vote at the meetings.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the preference shares do not carry voting rights.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 3.
The debenture is secured by a charge on assets of the company.
Answer:

  • A debenture is a document that grants lenders a charge over a company’s assets giving them a means of collecting debt if a default occurs.
  • The charges may be floating or fixed.
  • A specific property is pledged as security.
  • In case the debenture is not redeemed or exercised, the lenders can recover the cost by selling the fixed assets.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the debenture is secured by a charge on assets of the company.

Question 4.
Retained earnings are the simple and cheapest method of raising finance.
Answer:

  • Retained earnings is an internal source of financing used by established companies.
  • Retained earnings is a kept aside profit by the company instead of distributing all the dividends to the shareholders.
  • The accumulated profits are re-invested by the companies by issuing bonus shares.
  • It does not create a charge on assets, nor dilute the shareholdings.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the retained earnings also known as ploughing back of profit/capitalization of reserves/self-financing are the simple and cheapest methods of raising finance.

Question 5.
Public deposit is a good source of short-term financing.
Answer:

  • Deposits can be accepted by the general public by public limited companies and not private limited companies.
  • Deposits are accepted from the general public for a short term i.e. minimum 6 months and a maximum of 36 months or a 3-year term.
  • The amount so raised is used for short-term financial requirements.
  • The time of deposit is predetermined in advance and paid after the expiry of such period as per terms and conditions agreed.
  • The depositors form the general public not necessarily equity shareholders.
  • The administrative cost of deposits of the company is lower than that involved in the issue of shares and debentures.
  • The rate of interest payable is lower than other loans. Thus, it is rightly said, that the public deposit is a good source for meeting short-term requirements.

Question 6.
The bondholder is a creditor of the company.
Answer:

  • A bond is a debt security which the company borrows for long-term finance and issues certificates under its seal as acknowledgment.
  • The owners get interested as a return on their investment which is decided and fixed at the time of issue.
  • The interest payable to bondholders is a fixed charge and a direct expenditure.
  • It has to be paid whether the company makes a profit or not.
  • As the bondholders are creditors they do not have the right to attend meetings or participate in management.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the bondholder is a creditor of the company.

Question 7.
Trade credit is not a cash loan.
Answer:

  • Trade credit is a business-to-business agreement wherein there is an arrangement to purchase goods and services on credit and pays at a later date and not immediately.
  • The credit period extends up to a month.
  • Discount is given if the same is paid earlier.
  • It is an interest-free loan given by one businessman to another.
  • It does not involve loan formalities but only a trade transaction. Hence, not a cash loan.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the trade credit is not a cash loan.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

Question 8.
Different investors have different preferences.
Answer:

  • Investors make different decisions and have different risk preferences when getting gains and losses.
  • Educated ones may opt for capital markets as compared to others who may invest in gold or silver.
  • Cautious investors are ready to have steady income rather than fluctuations.
  • Risk-takers are ready to face the ups and downs of their invested money and on their returns.
  • Active investors try to beat the market while passive track the market index.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that the different investors have different choices and preferences.

Question 9.
Equity Capital is risk capital.
Answer:

  • Equity shareholders have a claim over residual proceeds of the company.
  • In the event of winding up, they are the last to be paid off after setting the claims of creditors and external liabilities.
  • They have fluctuating returns and risk of fluctuating market value.
  • Equity capital is permanent capital and not refunded during the lifetime of the company.
  • Not having any assurance as regards dividend, repayment of capital Equity Capital becomes risk capital.
  • Thus, it is rightly said, that equity capital is risk capital.

7. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
What are a share and state its features?
Answer:

  • The term share is defined by section 2(84) of the Companies Act 2013 ‘Share means a share in the share capital of a company and includes stock.’ The capital of a company is divided into a large number of shares.
  • It facilitates the public to subscribe to the company’s capital in smaller amounts.
  • The share is thus, an indivisible unit of share capital.
  • It is a unit by which the share capital is divided.
  • The total capital is divided into small parts and each such part is called a share.
  • The value of each part/unit is known as face value.
  • A person can purchase any number of shares as and when he or she desires.
  • A person who purchases shares of the company is known as a shareholder of the company.
  • Generally, companies issue equity shares and preference shares in the market.

Features of shares:
(i) Meaning:

  • Share is the smallest unit in the total share capital of a company.
  • The total share capital of a company is divided into small parts and each part is called a share.

(ii) Ownership:

  • A share shows the ownership of the shareholder.
  • The owner of the share is called a shareholder.

(iii) Distinctive number:

  • Unless dematerialized, each share has a distinct number, which is noted in the share certificate.
  • A share has a distinct number for identification.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(iv) Evidence of title:

  • The company issues a share certificate under its common seal.
  • It is a document of title of ownership of the share.
  • A share is not a visible thing.
  • It is shown by share certificate or in the form of ‘Demat share’

(v) Value of a share:

  • Each share has a value expressed in terms of money.
  • Face value: This value is written on the share certificate and mentioned in the Memorandum of Association.
  • Issue Value: It is the price at which a company sells its shares. At par – equal to face value; At premium – more than the face value; At discount – Less than the face value.

(vi) Rights:

  • A share confers/gives certain rights to the shareholders.
  • Rights such as the right to receive dividends, right to inspect statutory books, right to attend shareholders’ meetings, right to vote in meetings, etc. (group rights), and right to receive notice, circulars, dividends, bonus shares, rights issue, etc. (individual rights).

(vii) Income:

  • A shareholder is entitled to get a share in the net profit of the company.
  • It is called a dividend.

(viii) Transferability:

  • The shares of the public Ltd. company are freely transferable as per the rules laid down in the Articles of Association.
  • Shares of a private company cannot be transferred.

(ix) Property of shareholder:

  • A share is a movable property of a member.
  • It can be transferred (gifted, sold) or transmitted (passed on to the legal heir after/due to death, insolvency or insanity of a member).

(x) Kinds of shares:

  • A company issues two types of shares depending upon the right to control, income and risk.
  • Equity shares – which do not carry preferential right to receive dividend or repayment of capital when the company winds up its activities.
  • Preference shares – which carry preferential rights as regards dividend and repayment of capital in the event of winding up of the company.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance 7 Q1

Question 2.
What is an equity share? Explain its features.
Answer:

  • Equity shares are the fundamental and basic source of financing activities of the business.
  • Equity shares are also known as ordinary shares.
  • Indian Companies Act 1956 defines equity shares as those shares which do not preference shares.
  • The equity shares do not enjoy a preference in getting dividends.

Features of equity shares:
(i) Permanent Capital:

  • Equity shares are irredeemable shares. It is permanent capital.
  • The amount received from equity shares is not refunded by the company during its lifetime.
  • Equity shares become redeemable/refundable only in the event of the winding-up of the company or the company decides to buy back shares.
  • Equity shareholders provide long-term and permanent capital to the company.

(ii) Fluctuating dividend:

  • Equity shares do not have a fixed rate of dividend.
  • The rate of dividend depends upon the amount of profit earned by the company.
  • If a company earns more profit, the dividend is paid at a higher rate.
  • If there is insufficient profit, the Board of Directors may postpone the payment of dividends.
  • The shareholders cannot compel them to declare and pay the dividend.
  • The dividend is thus, always uncertain and fluctuating.
  • The income of equity shares is uncertain and irregular.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(iii) Rights:

  • Equity shareholders enjoy certain rights.
  • Right to share in profit when distributed as dividend.
  • Right to vote by which they elect Directors, amend Memorandum, Articles, etc.
  • Right to inspect books of account of their company.
  • Right to transfer shares.
  • Participation in management.
  • Enjoy Right Issue and Bonus Issue.

(iv) No preferential right:

  • Equity shareholders do not enjoy preferential rights in respect to the payment of dividends.
  • They are paid dividends only after the dividend is paid to preference shareholders.
  • At the time of winding up, they are the last claimants. They are paid last after all the other claims are settled.

(v) Controlling power:

  • The control of a company vests in the hands of equity shareholders.
  • They are often described as real masters of the company as they enjoy exclusive voting rights.
  • Equity shareholders may exercise their voting right by proxies, without attending the meeting in person.
  • The Act provides the right to cast vote in proportion to the number of shareholdings.
  • They participate in the management of the company.
  • They elect their representatives called the Board of Directors for management of the company.

(vi) Risk:

  • Equity shareholders bear maximum risk in the company.
  • They are described as ‘shock absorbers when the company is in a financial crisis.
  • The rate of dividend falls if the income of the company falls.
  • The market value of shares goes down resulting in capital loss.

(vii) Residual claimants:

  • A residual claim means the last claim on the earnings of the company.
  • Equity shareholders are owners and they are residual claimants to all earnings after expenses, taxes, dividends, interests are paid.
  • Even though equity shareholders are the last claimants, they have the advantage of receiving the entire earnings that are leftover.

(viii) No charge on assets:

  • The equity share does not create any charge over the assets of the company.
  • There is no security/guarantee of capital invested being returned.

(ix) Bonus issue:

  • Bonus shares are issued as gifts to equity shareholders.
  • They are issued ‘free of cost’.
  • These shares are issued out of accumulated profits.
  • These shares are issued to existing equity shareholders in a certain ratio or proportion of their existing shareholdings.
  • Capital investment of equity shareholders grows on its own.
  • This facility is available only to equity shareholders.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(x) Rights issue:

  • Equity shareholders get the benefit of rights issues.
  • When a company raises further capital by issue of shares, the existing shareholders are given priority to get newly offered shares, known as a rights issue.

(xi) Face value:

  • The face value of equity share is very less.
  • It can be ₹ 10 per share or even ₹ 1/- per share

(xii) Market value:

  • Market value fluctuates, according to the demand and supply of shares.
  • The demand and supply of equity shares depend on profits earned and dividends declared.
  • When a company earns huge profits, the market value of shares increases.
  • When it incurs a loss, the market value of shares decreases.
  • There are frequent fluctuations in the market value of shares in comparison to other securities.
  • Equity shares are more appealing to speculators.

(xiii) Capital Appreciation:

  • Share capital appreciation takes place when the market value of share increases in the share market.
  • The profitability and prosperity of a company enhance the reputation of the company in the share market and thus, facilitates appreciation of the market value of equity shares.

Question 3.
Define preference shares/What are preference shares? What are the different types of preference shares?
Answer:

  • These shares have certain privileges and preferential rights such as to payment of dividends, return of capital, etc.
  • Preference Share has which fixed rate of dividend is prescribed at the time of issue.
  • The preference shareholders are co-owners but not controllers.
  • They are cautious investors as they are interested in the safety of the investment.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance 7 Q3

(i) Cumulative Preference Shares:

  • Cumulative preference shares are those shares on which dividend accumulates until it is fully paid.
  • That is if the dividend is not paid in one or more years due to inadequate profit, then such unpaid dividend gets accumulated and is carried forward till next year.
  • The accumulated dividend is paid when the company performs well.
  • The arrears of dividends are paid before making payment to equity shareholders.
  • The preference shares are always cumulative unless otherwise stated in Articles of Association.

(ii) Non-Cumulative Preference Shares:

  • The dividend on these shares does not accumulate.
  • That is the dividend on shares can be paid only out of profits of that particular year.
  • The right to claim dividends will lapse if the company does not make a profit in that particular year.
  • If the dividend is not paid in a year, it is lost.

(iii) Participating Preference Shares:

  • The holders of these shares are entitled to participate in surplus profit besides preferential dividends. They participate in the high-profit condition of the company.
  • Surplus profit here means excess profit that remains after making payment of dividends to equity shareholders.
  • Such surplus profit up to a certain limit is distributed to preference shareholders.

(iv) Non-Participating Preference Shares:

  • The preference shares are deemed to be non-participating if there is no clear provision in Articles of Association regarding participation in surplus profit.
  • Such shareholders are entitled to receive a fixed rate of a dividend prescribed in the issue.

(v) Convertible Preference Shares:

  • These shares have a right to convert their preference shares into equity shares.
  • The conversion takes place within a certain agreed fixed period.

(vi) Non-Convertible Preference Shares:

  • These shares are not converted into equity shares.
  • They will remain as preference shares forever till paid back.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(vii) Redeemable Preference Shares:

  • Shares that can be redeemed after a certain fixed period are called redeemable preference shares.
  • A company limited by shares if authorized by Articles of Association issues redeemable preference shares.
  • Such shares must be fully paid.
  • The shares are redeemed out of divisible profit or out of the fresh issue of shares made for this purpose.

(viii) Irredeemable Preference Shares:

  • Shares which are not redeemable are payable only on winding up of the company and are called irredeemable preference shares.
  • As per section 55(1) of the Companies Act 2013, the company cannot issue irredeemable preference shares in India.
  • Thus, are the types of preference shares.

Question 4.
What are preference shares? State its features.
Answer:

  • The shares which carry preferential rights are termed preference shares.
  • These shares have certain privileges and preferential rights such as payment of dividend, return of capital, etc.
  • The preference shareholders are co-owners but not controllers.
  • They are cautious investors as they are interested in the safety of the investment.
  • They prefer a steady rate of returns on investment.

Features of preference shares:
(i) Preference for dividend:

  • They have the first charge on the distributable amount of annual profits.
  • The dividend is payable to preference shareholders before anything else is paid to equity shares, but after the settlement of dues of debentures, bonds and loans.

(ii) Prior repayment of capital:

  • Preference shareholders have a preference over equity shareholders in respect of return of capital when the company is liquidated.
  • It saves preference shareholders from capital losses.

(iii) Fixed return:

  • These shares carry dividends at a fixed rate.
  • The rate of dividend is predetermined at the time of issue.
  • It may be in the form of a fixed sum or may be calculated at a fixed rate.
  • The preference shareholders are entitled to dividends which can be paid only out of profit.
  • Though the rate of dividend is fixed, the director in the financial crisis of the company may decide that no dividend be paid if there are no profits, the preference shareholders would have no claims for the dividend.

(iv) Nature of capital:

  • Preference share capital is safe capital as the rate of dividend and market value do not fluctuate.
  • Preference shares do not provide permanent share capital.
  • They are redeemed after a certain period of time.
  • It is generally issued at a later stage when a company gets established business.
  • They are used to satisfy the need for additional capital of the company.

(v) Market value:

  • The market value of preference shares does not change as the rate of dividend payable to them is fixed.
  • The capital appreciation is considered to be low as compared with equity shares.

(vi) Voting right:

  • The preference shares do not have normal voting rights.
  • They have voting rights in matters that affect their interests – change of rights in terms of repayment of capital, or dividend payable to them are in arrears for two or more years.

(vii) Risk:

  • Cautious investors generally purchase preference shares.
  • Safety of capital and fixed return on investment are advantages attached with preference shares.
  • These shares are a boon for shareholders during the depression when the interest rate is continuously falling.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(viii) Face value:

  • The face value of preference shares is relatively higher than equity shares.
  • They are normally issued at a face value of ₹ 100/-

(ix) Right or Bonus issue:

  • Preference shareholders are not entitled to bonus or rights issues.
  • It can be issued to the equity shares only.

(x) Nature of investor:

  • Preference shares attract a moderate type of investors.
  • Investors who are conservative, cautious, interested in the safety of capital, expect a steady rate of returns on investment purchase preference shares.

Question 5.
What is Debenture/Define Debenture. Discuss the different types of Debentures.
Answer:

  • Debentures are one of the main sources of raising debt capital for meeting long-term and medium-term financial needs.
  • Debentures represent borrowed capital.
  • A person who purchased debenture is called a debenture holder.
  • The holders get a fixed rate of interest as a return on their investment.
  • The Board of Directors has the power to issue debentures.

Definitions:
Topham defines: “A debenture is a document given by a company as evidence of debt to the holder, usually arising out of the loan and most commonly secured by the charge.”

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance 7 Q5

They are as follows:
(i) Secured Debentures:

  • The debentures can be secured.
  • The property of a company is charged as security for the loan.
  • The security may be for some particular asset (fixed charge) or it may be the asset in general (floating charge).
  • The debentures are secured through ‘Trust Deed’.

(ii) Unsecured Debentures:

  • These debentures do not have security.
  • The issue of unsecured debentures is prohibited by the Companies Act, 2013.

(iii) Registered Debentures:

  • They are the ones whose details are mentioned in the Register of debenture maintained by the company.
  • The details include the name, address, particulars of
  • The transfer of such debentures requires the execution of regular transfer deeds.
  • Interest is paid through Dividend warrants.

(iv) Bearer Debentures:

  • The details of the debentures are not recorded in the register of the debenture.
  • Their names do not appear in the Register of Debenture Holders.
  • Such debentures are transferred by mere delivery.
  • Payment of interest is made by means of coupons attached to the debentures certificate.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(v) Redeemable Debentures:

  • Debentures are mostly redeemable i.e. payable at the end of some fixed period, mentioned on the Debentures Certificate.
  • Repayment may be made at a fixed date, at the end of a specific period, or six installments during the lifetime of the company.
  • The provision of repayment is normally made in Trust Deed.

(vi) Irredeemable Debentures:

  • These debentures are not repayable during the lifetime of the company.
  • They are repayable only on liquidation of the company or when there is a breach of any condition or in contingencies.

(vii) Convertible Debentures:

  • These debentures give the right to the holder to convert the debentures into equity shares after a specific period.
    the period of conversion is mentioned in the debenture certificate.
  • The issue must be approved by a special resolution in the general meeting before they are issued to the public.
  • A Convertible debentures holder is hence entitled to equity shares at a rate lower than the market value after which he can participate in the profits and meetings of the company.

(viii) Non-Convertible Debentures:

  • These are not convertible into equity shares on maturity.
  • They are normally redeemed on the maturity date.
  • There is no appreciation in their value which acts as a disadvantage.

Question 6.
Define Debenture/What is a debenture? Explain the features of debenture?
Answer:

  • A debenture is one of the main sources of raising debt capital for meeting long-term and medium-term financial needs.
  • Debentures represent borrowed capital.
  • A person who purchases debenture is called a debenture holder.
  • The holders get a fixed rate of interest as a return on their investment.
  • The Board of Directors has the power to issue debentures.

Definitions:
Topham defines: “A debenture is a document given by a company as evidence of debt to the holder, usually arising out of the loan and most commonly secured by the charge.”
A debenture is evidence of indebtedness.

Features of Debenture:
(i) Written Promise:

  • A debenture is a written promise by a company that it owes a specified sum of money to the holder of the debenture.

(ii) Face Value:

  • The face value of debenture normally carries a high denomination.
  • It is ₹ 100 or multiples of ₹ 100.

(iii) Time of payment:

  • A debenture is issued with the due date stated in the Debenture Certificate.
  • It provides for repayment of the principal amount on the maturity date.

(iv) Priority of Payment:

  • Debenture holders have a priority in repayment of their capital over other claimants of the company.
  • The amounts of debentures are settled before shareholders.

(v) Assurance of repayment:

  • Debenture constitutes a long-term debt.
  • They carry an assurance of repayment on the due date.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(vi) Terms of issue and redemption of Debenture:

  • Debenture can be issued at par, premium, and even at discount.
  • Its redemption takes place only at par and premium.

(vii) Authority to issue:
Board of Directors has the authority/power to issue debenture as per Companies Act 2013 Section 179(3).

(viii) Interest:

  • A fixed-rate of interest is agreed upon and is paid periodically.
  • The rate of interest that a company pays/offers depends upon the market conditions and nature of the business.
  • Payment of interest is a liability of the company. It has to be paid whether the company makes a profit or not.

(ix) Parties to Debenture:

  • Company: This is an entity that borrows money.
  • Trustees: The company has to appoint Debenture Trust if it is offering debenture to more than 500 people.
  • Trust is a party through whom the company deals with debenture holders and enters into an agreement known as Trust Deed.
  • Trust Deed contains obligations of the company rights of debenture holders, power of trustees, etc.
  • Debenture holders: They are the parties who provide loans to the company and receive a ‘Debenture Certificate’ as evidence.

(x) Status of debenture holder:

  • The debenture holder is a creditor of the company.
  • Debenture being loan taken by the company interest is payable on it at a fixed interval and fixed-rate till redeemed/paid.
  • They cannot participate in the management of the company.

(xi) No Voting Right:

  • According to sec. 71 (2) of Companies Act 2013, no company shall issue debenture carrying voting rights.
  • Debenture holders do not have the right to vote in the general meetings of the company.

(xii) Security:

  • Debenture can be secured with some property of the company by fixed or floating charge.
  • Debenture holders can sell of charged property of the company and recover their money if the company is not in a position to make payment of interest or repayment of capital.

(xiii) Issuers:

  • Debenture can be issued by both, private as well as public limited companies.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 2 Sources of Corporate Finance

(xiv) Listing:

  • A debenture must be listed with at least one recognized stock exchange.

(xv) Transferability:

  • Debentures can be easily transferred through instruments of transfer.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

1A. Select the correct answer from the options given below and rewrite the statements.

Question 1.
_____________ is related to money and money management.
(a) Production
(b) Marketing
(c) Finance
Answer:
(c) Finance

Question 2.
Finance is the management of _____________ affairs of the company.
(a) monetary
(b) marketing
(c) production
Answer:
(a) monetary

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 3.
Corporation finance deals with the acquisition and use of _____________ by business corporation.
(a) goods
(b) capital
(c) land
Answer:
(b) capital

Question 4.
Company has to pay _____________ to government.
(a) taxes
(b) dividend
(c) interest
Answer:
(a) taxes

Question 5.
_____________ refers to any kind of fixed assets.
(a) Authorised capital
(b) Issued capital
(c) Fixed capital
Answer:
(c) Fixed capital

Question 6.
_____________ refers to the excess of current assets over current liabilities.
(a) Working capital
(b) Paid-up capital
(c) Subscribed capital
Answer:
(a) Working capital

Question 7.
Manufacturing industries have to invest _____________ amount of funds to acquire fixed assets.
(a) huge
(b) less
(c) minimal
Answer:
(a) huge

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 8.
When the population is increasing at a high rate, certain manufacturers find this as an opportunity to _____________ business.
(a) close
(b) expand
(c) contract
Answer:
(b) expand

Question 9.
The sum of all _____________ is gross working capital.
(a) expenses
(b) current assets
(c) current liabilities
Answer:
(b) current assets

Question 10.
_____________ means mix up of various sources of funds in desired proportion.
(a) Capital budgeting
(b) Capital structure
(c) Capital goods
Answer:
(b) Capital structure

1B. Match the pairs:

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance 1B Q1
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Capital budgeting (6) Investment decision
(b) Fixed capital (5) Fixed assets
(c) Working capital (1) Sum of current assets
(d) Capital structure (9) Mix up various sources of funds
(e) Corporate finance (2) Deals with acquisition and use of capital

1C. Write a word or term or a phrase that can substitute each of the following statements:

Question 1.
A key determinant of the success of any business function.
Answer:
Finance

Question 2.
The decision of the finance manager ensures that the firm is well-capitalized.
Answer:
Financing decision

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 3.
The decision of the finance manager to deploy the funds in a systematic manner.
Answer:
Investment decision

Question 4.
Capital is needed to acquire fixed assets that are used for a longer period of time.
Answer:
Fixed capital

Question 5.
The sum of current assets.
Answer:
Gross working capital

Question 6.
The excess of current assets over current liabilities.
Answer:
Networking capital

Question 7.
The process of converting raw material into finished goods.
Answer:
Production cycle

Question 8.
The boom and recession cycle in the economy.
Answer:
Economic Trend

Question 9.
The ratio of different sources of funds in the total capital.
Answer:
Capital Structure

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 10.
The internal source of financing.
Answer:
Retained earnings

1D. State whether the following statements are True or False:

Question 1.
Finance is related to money and money management.
Answer:
True

Question 2.
The business firm gives a green signal to the project only when it is profitable.
Answer:
True

Question 3.
Corporate finance brings coordination between various business activities.
Answer:
True

Question 4.
Fixed capital is also referred as circulating capital.
Answer:
False

Question 5.
Working capital stays in the business almost permanently.
Answer:
False

Question 6.
The business will require huge funds if assets are acquired on a lease basis.
Answer:
False

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 7.
The business dealing in luxurious products will require a huge amount of working capital.
Answer:
True

Question 8.
A firm with large-scale operations will require more working capital.
Answer:
True

Question 9.
Liberal credit policy creates a problem of bad debt.
Answer:
True

Question 10.
Financial institutions and banks cater to the working capital requirement of the business.
Answer:
True

1E. Find the odd one.

Question 1.
Land and Building, Plant and Machinery, Cash.
Answer:
Cash

Question 2.
Debenture Capital, Equity Share Capital, Preference Share Capital.
Answer:
Debenture Capital

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 3.
Fixed Capital, Capital Structure, Working Capital.
Answer:
Capital Structure

1F. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
Initial planning of capital requirement is made by _____________
Answer:
entrepreneur

Question 2.
When there is boom in economy, sales will _____________
Answer:
increase

Question 3.
The process of converting raw material into finished goods is called _____________
Answer:
production cycle

Question 4.
During recession period sales will _____________
Answer:
decrease

1G. Select the correct option from the bracket.

Question 1.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance 1G Q1
(To have the right amount of capital, deploy funds in a systematic manner, fixed capital, working capital, capital structure, carry dividend at a fixed rate)
Answer:

Group ‘A’ Group ‘B’
(a) Financing decision (1) To have the right amount of capital
(b) Fixed capital (2) Longer period of time
(c) Investment decision (3) Deploy funds in a systematic manner
(d) Working capital (4) Circulating capital
(e) Combination of various sources of funds (5) capital structure

1H. Answer in one sentence.

Question 1.
Define corporate finance.
Answer:
Corporate finance deals with the raising and using of finance by a corporation.

Question 2.
What is fixed capital?
Answer:
Fixed capital is the capital that is used for buying fixed assets that are used for a longer period of time in the business eg. Capital for plant and machinery etc.

Question 3.
What is working capital?/Define working capital.
Answer:
Working capital is the capital that is used to carry out day-to-day business activities and takes into consideration all current assets of the company.
Eg: for building up inventories.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 4.
What is the production cycle?
Answer:
The process of converting raw material into finished goods is called the production cycle.

Question 5.
Define capital structure.
Answer:
Capital structure means to mix up various sources of funds in the desired proportion. To decide capital structure means to decide upon the ratio of different types of capital.

1I. Correct the underlined word and rewrite the following sentences.

Question 1.
Finance is needed to pay dividends to debenture holders.
Answer:
Finance is needed to pay interest to debenture holders.

Question 2.
When there is a recession in the economy sales will increase.
Answer:
When there is a boom in the economy sales will increase.

Question 3.
Share is an acknowledgment of a loan raised by the company.
Answer:
A debenture is an acknowledgment of a loan raised by a company.

Question 4.
Equity shares carry dividends at a fixed rate.
Answer:
Preference shares carry dividends at a fixed rate.

2. Explain the following terms/concepts.

Question 1.
Financing decision
Answer:
A financing decision is a right decision that is made by a finance manager of any corporation ensuring that the firm is well capitalized with the right combination of debt and equity, having access to multiple choices of sources of financing.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 2.
Investment decision
Answer:
Investment decisions mean capital budgeting i.e. finding investments and deploying them successfully in the business for greater profits.

Question 3.
Fixed capital
Answer:
Fixed capital is the capital that is used for buying fixed assets that are used for a longer period of time in the business. These assets are not meant for. resale. Examples of fixed capital are capital used for purchasing land and building, furniture, plant, and machinery, etc.

Question 4.
Working Capital
Answer:
Working capital is the capital that is used to carry out day-to-day business activities. It takes into consideration all current assets, of the company. It also refers to ‘Gross Working Capital’.
Examples of working capital are

  • for building up inventories.
  • for financing receivables.
  • for covering day-to-day operating expenses.

3. Study the following case/situation and express your opinion.

1. The management of ‘Maharashtra State Road Transport Corporation’ wants to determine the size of working capital.

Question (a).
Being a public utility service provider will it need less working capital or more?
Answer:
MSRTC being a public utility service provider will need less working capital because of a continuous flow of cash from there, customers thus liabilities are taken care of.

Question (b).
Being a public utility service provider, will it need more fixed capital?
Answer:
Being a public utility service provider MSRTC will need a huge amount of funds to acquire fixed assets thus it will need more fixed capital.

Question (c).
Give one example of a public utility service that you come across on a day-to-day basis.
Answer:
The Indian Railways.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

2. A company is planning to enhance its production capacity and is evaluating the possibility of purchasing new machinery whose cost is ₹ 2 crore or has alternative of machinery available on a lease basis.

Question (a).
What type of asset is machinery?
Answer:
Machinery is a Fixed Asset.
A fixed asset may be held for 5, 10 or 20 years and more. But if assets are acquired on a lease or rental basis, then less amount of funds for fixed assets will be needed for business.

Question (b).
Capital used for the purchase of machinery is fixed capital or working capital.
Answer:
Capital used for the purchase of machinery is fixed capital.

Question (c).
Does the size of a business determine the fixed capital requirement?
Answer:
Yes. Where a business firm is set up to carry on large-scale operations, its fixed capital requirements are likely to be high.

4. Distinguish between the following.

Question 1.
Fixed Capital and Working Capital
Answer:

Points Fixed Capital Working Capital
1. Meaning Fixed capital refers to any kind of physical asset, a portion of total capital that is invested in fixed assets. Working capital refers to the sum of current assets or gross working capital.
2. Nature It stays in the business almost permanently. Working capital is circulatory capital. It keeps changing.
3. Purpose It is invested in fixed assets such as land, building, equipment, etc. Working capital is invested in short-term assets such as cash, account receivable, inventory, etc.
4. Sources Fixed capital funding can come from selling shares, debentures, bonds, long-term loans, etc. Working capital can be funded with short-term loans, deposits, trade credit, etc.
5. Objectives of investors Investors invest money in fixed capital hoping to make a future profit. Investors invest money in working capital for getting immediate returns.
6. Risk Investment in fixed capital implies more risk. Investment in working capital is less risky. Eg. Land, building, plant and machinery
7. Decisions Decisions relating to fixed capital investment are generally made by top-level management. Eg. Cash, bills receivable, inventories, cash at the bank Decisions relating to working capital needs are generally made by middle-level or lower-level management.

5. Answer in brief:

Question 1.
Define capital structure and state its components.
Answer:
Definition: R.H. Wessel “The long term sources of funds employed in a business enterprise.”
John H. Hampton “A firm’s capital structure is the relation between the debt and equity securities that make up the firm’s financing of its assets.” Thus, the term capital structure means security mix. It refers to the proportion of different securities raised by a firm for long-term finance.

Components/Parts of Capital Structure:
There are four basic components of capital structure. They are as follows:
(i) Equity Share Capital:

  • It is the basic source of financing activities of the business. Equity share capital is provided by equity shareholders.
  • They buy equity shares and help a business firm to raise necessary funds. They bear the ultimate risk associated with ownership.
  • Equity shares carry dividends at a fluctuating rate depending upon profit.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

(ii) Preference Share Capital:

  • Preference shares carry preferential rights as to payment of dividends and have priority over equity shares for return of capital when the company is liquidated.
  • These shares carry dividends at a fixed rate.
  • They enjoy limited voting rights.

(iii) Retained earnings:

  • It is an internal source of financing.
  • It is nothing but ploughing back of profit.

(iv) Borrowed capital: It comprises of the following:

  • Debentures: A debenture is an acknowledgment of a loan raised by the company. The company has to pay interest at an agreed rate.
  • Term Loan: Term loans are provided by the bank and other financial institutions. They carry fixed rate of interest.

Question 2.
State any four factors affecting fixed capital requirements?
Answer:
(i) Nature of business:

  • The nature of business certainly plays a role in determining fixed capital requirements. They need to invest a huge amount of money in fixed assets.
  • e.g. Rail, road, and other public utility services have large fixed investments.
  • Their working capital requirements are nominal because they supply services and not the product.
  • They deal in cash sales only.

(ii) Size of business:
The size of a business also affects fixed capital needs. A general rule applies that the bigger the business, the higher the need for fixed capital. The size of the firm, either in terms of its assets or sales, affects the need for fixed capital.

(iii) Scope of business:
Some business firms that manufacture the entire range of their production would require a huge investment in fixed capital. However, those companies that are labour intensive and who do not use the latest technology may require less fixed capital and vice versa.

(iv) Extent of lease or rent:
Companies who take their assets on a lease basis or on a rental basis will require less amount of funds for fixed assets. On the other side, firms that purchase assets will naturally require more fixed capital in the initial stages.

Question 3.
What are Corporate Finance and State’s two decisions which are basic of corporate finance?
OR
Write short note on Corporate Finance
Answer:
Corporate finance deals with the raising and using of finance by a corporation. It includes various financial activities like capital structuring and making investment decisions, financial planning, capital formation, and foreign capital, etc. Even financial organisations and banks play a vital role in corporate financing.

Henry Hoagland expresses, “Corporate Finance deals primarily with the acquisition and use of capital by the business corporation”.

Following two decisions are the basis of corporate finances:
(i) Financing decision:
Every business firm must carefully estimate its capital needs i.e. working capital and fixed capital. The firm needs to mobilize funds from the right sources also maintaining the right combination of debt capital and equity capital. For this balance, a company may go for or raise equity capital or even opt for borrowed funds by way of debentures, public deposits term loans, etc. to raise funds.

(ii) Investment decision:
Once the capital needs are accessed, the finance manager needs to take correct decisions regarding the use of the funds in a systematic manner, productively, using effective cost control measures to generate high profits. Finding investments through proper decisions and using them successfully in business is called ‘capital budgeting

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

6. Justify the following statements.

Question 1.
The firm has multiple choices of sources of financing.
Answer:

  • Business firms require finance in terms of working capital and fixed capital.
  • Funds are required at different stages of business.
  • The company can raise funds from various sources i.e. from internal and external sources.
  • Internal sources could be cash inflows on sales turnover, income from investments, and retained earnings.
  • External sources can be obtained for short-term requirements through cash credit, overdraft trade credit, discounting bills of Exchange issues of commercial paper, etc.
  • For long-term needs, a firm can meet its financing needs through the issue of shares, debentures, bonds, public deposits, etc. Thus, it is rightly said that the firm has multiple choices of sources of financing.

Question 2.
There are various factors affecting the requirements of fixed capital.
Answer:

  • Fixed capital being long-term capital is required for the development and expansion of the company.
  • The nature and size of a business have a great impact on fixed capital. Manufacturing businesses require huge fixed capital whereas trading organizations like retailers require less fixed capital.
  • Methods of acquiring assets on rentals or on a lease/installment basis will require less amount of fixed assets.
  • If fixed assets are available at low prices and concessional rates then it would reduce the need for investment in fixed assets.
  • International conditions and economic trends like a boom period will require high investment in fixed assets and a recession will lead to less requirement.
  • Similarly, consumer preferences, competition, and highly demanded goods and services will require a large amount of fixed capital. E.g. Mobile phones. Thus, it is rightly said that there are various factors affecting the requirements of fixed capital.

Question 3.
Fixed capital stays in the business almost permanently.
Answer:
Factors determining fixed capital requirements are:

  • Fixed capital refers to capital invested for acquiring fixed assets.
  • These assets are not meant for resale.
  • Fixed capital is capital used for purchasing land and building, furniture, plant, and machinery, etc.
  • Such cap al is usually required at the time of the establishment of a new company.
  • Existing companies may also need such capital for their expansion and development, replacement of equipment, etc.
  • Modern industrial processes require the increased use of heavy automated machinery. Thus, it is rightly said that fixed capital stays in the business almost permanently.

Question 4.
Capital structure is composed of owned funds and borrowed funds.
Answer:

  • Capital structure means to mix up of various sources of funds in desired proportions.
  • To decide capital structures means to decide upon the ratio of different types of capital.
  • A firm’s capital structure is the relation between the debt and equity securities that make up the firm’s financing of its assets.
  • The capital structure is composed of own funds which include share capital, free serves, and surplus, and borrowed funds which represent debentures, bank loans, and long-term loans provided by financial institutions.
  • Thus capital structure = Equity share capital + preference share capital + reserves + debentures.
  • Thus, it is rightly said that capital structure is composed of owned funds and borrowed funds.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

Question 5.
There are various factors affecting the requirement of working capital.
Answer:

  • The nature and size of a business affect the requirement of working capital. Trading or merchandising firms and big retail enterprises need a large amount of capital compared to small firms which need a small amount of working capital.
  • If the period of the production cycle is longer then the firm needs more amount of working capital. If the manufacturing cycle is short, it requires less working capital.
  • During the boom period sales will increase leading to increased investment in stocks, thus requiring additional working capital and during the recession, it is vice versa.
  • Along with the expansion and growth of the firm or company in terms of sales and fixed assets, the requirement of working capital increases.
  • If there is proper coordination, communication, and co-operation between production and sales departments then the requirement of working capital is less.
  • A liberal credit policy increases the possibility of bad debts and in such cases, the requirement of working capital is high, whereas a firm making cash sales requires less working capital.

7. Answer the following questions.

Question 1.
Discuss the importance of Corporate Finance?
Answer:
Corporate finance deals with the raising and utilizing of finance by a corporation. It also deals with capital structuring and making investment decisions, financial planning of capital, and the money market. The finance manager should ensure that:
The firm has adequate finance and it’s being utilized effectively;
Generate minimum return for its owners.

The importance of Corporate Finance are as follows:
(i) Helps in decision making:
Most important decisions of business enterprises are made on the basis of availability of funds, as without finance any function of business enterprise is difficult to be performed independently. Obtaining the funds from the right sources at a lower cost and productive utilization of funds would lead to higher profits. Thus corporate finance plays a significant role in the decision-making process.

(ii) Helps in raising capital for a project:
A new business venture needs to raise capital. Business firms can raise funds by issuing shares, debentures, bonds or even by taking loans from the banks.

(iii) Helps in Research and Development
Research and Development need to be undertaken by firms for growth and expansion of business and to enjoy a competitive advantage. Research and development mostly involve lengthy and detailed technical work for the execution of projects. Through surveys and market analysis etc. companies may have to upgrade old products or develop new products to face competition and attract consumers. Thus the availability of adequate finance helps to generate high efficiency.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

(iv) Helps in the smooth running of the business firm:
A smooth flow of corporate finance is important to pay the salaries of employees on time, pay loans, and purchase the required raw materials. At the same time finance is needed for sales promotion of existing products and more so for the launch of new products effectively.

(v) Brings co-ordination between various activities:
Corporate finance plays a significant role in the coordination and control of all activities in an organization. Production activity requires adequate finance for the purchase of raw materials and meeting other day-to-day financial requirements for the smooth running of the production unit. If the production increases, sales will also increase by contributing the income of the concern and profit to increase.

(vi) Promotes expansion and diversification:
Corporate finance provides money for the purchase of modern machines and sophisticated technology. Modern machines and technology help to improve the performance of the firm in terms of profits. It also helps the firm to expand and diversify the business.

(vii) Managing risk:
Companies have to manage several risks such as sudden fall in sales, loss due to natural calamity, loss due to workers strikes, change in government policies, etc. Financial aids help in such situations to manage such risks.

(viii) Replace old assets:
Assets like plants and machinery have become old and outdated over the years. Finance is required to purchase new assets or replace the old assets with new assets having new technology and features.

(ix) Payment of dividend and interest:
Finance is needed to pay the dividend to shareholders, interest to creditors, bank, etc.

(x) Payment of taxes/fees:
The company has to pay taxes to the government such as Income tax, Goods and Service Tax (GST), and fees to the Registrar of Companies on various occasions. Finance is needed for paying these taxes and fees.

Question 2.
Discuss the factors determining working capital requirements?
Answer:
Working Capital = Current Assets – Current Liabilities.
In other words, it is also called ‘Circulating Capital’. Also, refer to ‘GROSS WORKING CAPITAL.’ Management needs to determine the size of working capital with reference to the economic environment and other aspects within the business firm.

Factors determining/influencing working capital requirements are as follows:
(i) Nature of Business:
The working capital requirements are highly influenced by the nature of the business. Trading/ merchandising forms concerned with the distribution of goods require a huge amount of working capital to maintain a large stock of the variety of goods to meet customers’ demands are extend credit facilities to attract them. Whereas public utility concerns have to maintain small working capital because of a continuous flow of cash from their customers.

(ii) Size of business:
The size of a business also affects the requirements of working capital. Size of the firm refers to the scale of operation i.e. a firm with large scale operations will require more working capital and vice versa.

(iii) Volume of Sales:
The volume of sales and the size of the working capital have a direct relationship with each other. If the volume of sales increases there is an increase in the amount of working capital.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

(iv) Production cycle:
The process of converting raw material into finished goods is called the ‘production cycle’. If the production cycle period is longer, the firm needs more amount of working capital. If the manufacturing cycle is short, it requires less working capital.

(v) Business cycle:
When there is a boom in the economy, sales will increase resulting in to increase in investment in stock. This will require additional working capital. During a recession period, sales will decline and consequently, the need for working capital will also decrease.

(vi) Terms of purchases and sales:
If credit terms of purchase are favourable and terms of sales are less liberal, then the requirement of cash will be less. Thus, the working capital requirement will be reduced.
A firm that enjoys more credit facilities needs less working capital. On the other hand, if a firm does not get proper credit for purchases and adopts a liberal credit policy for sales if requires more working capital.

(vii) Credit Control:
Credit control includes the factors such as volume of credit sales, the terms of credit sales, the collection policy etc. A firm with a good credit control policy will have more cash flow reducing the working capital requirement. Whereas if the firm’s credit policy is liberal there would be more requirements of the working capital.

(viii) Growth and Expansion:
Those firms which are growing and expanding at a rapid pace need more working capital compared to those firms which are stable in their growth.

(ix) Management ability:
The requirement of working capital is reduced if there is proper coordination in the production and distribution of goods. A firm stocking on heavy inventory calls for a higher level of working capital.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Secretarial Practice Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Corporate Finance

(x) External factors:
If the financial institutions and banks provide funds to the firm as and when required, the need for working capital is reduced.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules Important Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 1.
What are biomolecules? Give examples of biomolecules.
Answer:
Biomolecules: The lifeless, complex organic molecules which combine in a specific manner to produce life or control biological reactions are called biomolecules.

Examples: Carbohydrates, lipids (fats and oils), nucleic acids, enzymes.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 2.
What is the importance of biomolecules?
Answer:
Biomolecules are organic molecules which combine in a particular fashion to give complex substances which help to sustain life and produce identical daughter cells and play an important role in the actions of an organism.

  • Carbohydrates are the major constituents of food and source of energy.
  • Proteins help in proper functioning of living beings. They are important constituents of skin, hair, muscles. Enzymes which catalyse chemical reactions that take place in cells are proteins.
  • Lipids (fats and oils) function as the storehouses of energy.
  • Nucleic acids, the ribonucleic acid (RNA), and deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) are responsible for genetic characteristics and synthesis of proteins.

Question 3.
What are carbohydrates?
OR
Define the term : Carbohydrates.
Answer:
Carbohydrates : Carbohydrates are optically active polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones, or the compounds which on hydrolysis produce polyhydroxy aldehydes or polyhydroxy ketones.

Examples : Glucose, sucrose, fructose.

Question 4.
What is monosaccharide?
Answer:
The basic unit of all carbohydrates which is a simple carbohydrate and cannot be hydrolysed further is known as monosaccharide. The monosaccharide is crystalline and soluble in water. E.g. Glucose, fructose, ribose.

Question 5.
Mention the names of monosaccharides or simple carbohydrates.
Answer:
Monosaccharides are (1) glucose (2) fructose (3) ribose.

Question 6.
State the basic unit of all carbohydrates.
Answer:
The basic unit of all carbohydrates which is a simple carbohydrate and cannot be hydrolysed further is known as monosaccharide.

Question 7.
How are carbohydrates classified?
OR
Classification of carbohydrates with examples.
Answer:
Carbohydrates are classified as monosaccharides oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
(1) Monosaccharides : These carbohydrates cannot be further hydrolysed into smaller units. They are basic units of all carbohydrates, and are called monosaccharides.

Examples : Glucose, fructose, ribose

(2) Oligosaccharides : An oligosaccharide is a carbohydrate (sugar) which on hydrolysis gives two to ten monosaccharide units.
Depending on the number of monosaccharides produced on hydrolysis, oligosaccharides are further classified as :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 1

Oligosaccharide is homogeneous. In this, each molecule of oligosaccharide contains the same number of monosaccharide units joined together in the same order as every other molecule of the same oligosaccharide.

(3) Polysaccharides : These are carbohydrates which on hydrolysis give a large number of monosaccharides.

Polysaccharides are tasteless, amorphous, insoluble in water. They are long chain, naturally αcurring polymers of carbohydrates.

Example : Cellulose, starch, glycogen.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 8.
Classify the following carbohydrates into Monosaccharide, Disaccharide, Oligosaccharide, Polysaccharide.
(1) Glucose
(2) Starch
(3) Sucrose
(4) Maltose
(5) Galactose
(6) Lactose
(7) Ribose.
Answer:

Carbohydrates Class
(1) Glucose Monosaccharide
(2) Starch Polysaccharide
(3) Sucrose Disaccharide
(4) Maltose Disaccharide
(5) Galactose Monosaccharide
(6) Lactose Disaccharide
(7) Ribose Monosaccharide

Question 9.
Classify the following carbohydrates.
(1) Cellulose,
(2) Maltose,
(3) Raffinose,
(4) Fructose.
Answer:

Carbohydrates Class
(1)     Cellulose

(2)     Maltose

(3)     Raffinose

(4)     Fructose

Polysaccharide

Disaccharide

Trisaccharide

Monosaccharide

Question 10.
Classify the following into monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
(1) Starch
(2) Glucose
(3) Stachyose
(4) Maltose
(5) Raffinose
(6) Cellulose
(7) Sucrose
(8) Lactose.
Answer:

Monosaccharides Glucose
Oligosaccharides Stachyose, maltose, raffinose, sucrose, lactose
Polysaccharides Starch, cellulose

Question 11.
Classify the following into monosaccharides and disaccharides.
Ribose, maltose, galactose, fructose and lactose (~2 mark each)
Answer:

Monosaccharides Ribose, galactose, fructose
Disaccharides Maltose, lactose

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 12.
Give the preparation of glucose from sucrose or cane sugar.
OR
Describe the laboratory method of preparation of glucose.
Answer:
Preparation of glucose from sucrose (cane sugar) : Laboratory method.

Glucose is prepared in the laboratory by hydrolysis of sucrose by boiling it with dilute hydrαhloric acid or dilute sulphuric acid for about two hours. On hydrolysis, sucrose gives one molecule of glucose and one molecule of fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 5
Alcohol is added during cooling to separate glucose and fructose since, glucose is almost insoluble in alcohol, hence it crystallizes out first. Fructose remains in the solution as it is more soluble than glucose.

Crystals of glucose are separated out by filtration and purified by recrystallization.

Question 13.
Give the preparation of glucose from starch.
OR
How is glucose prepared on commercial scale?
Answer:
Commercially, on a large scale, glucose is prepared by hydrolysis of starch with dilute sulphuric acid. Starchy material is mixed with water and dilute sulphuric acid and heated at 393 K under 2 to 3-atm pressure. Starch is hydrolysed to give glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 6

Question 14.
Explain the structure of glucose.
Answer:
Molecular formula of glucose is C6H12O6.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 7
Glucose has an aldohexose structure. In other words, glucose molecule contains one aldehydic, that is, formyl group and the remaining five carbons carry one hydroxyl group (-OH) each. The six carbons in glucose form one straight chain.

Question 15.
Describe the action of following reagents on glucose :
(1) HI
(2) Hydroxyl amine (NH2OH)
(3) Hydrogen cyanide
(4) Bromine water
(5) dil. Nitric acid
(6) Acetic anhydride.
Answer:
(1) Action of HI : Glucose on prolonged heating with HI gives n-hexane, indicates that all the six carbon atoms are linked in straight chain.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 8

(2) Action of hydroxyl amine : Glucose reacts with hydroxyl amine in an aqueous solution to form glucose oxime. This indicates the presence of CHO group in glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 9

(3) Action of hydrogen cyanide : Glucose reacts with hydrogen cyanide to form glucose cyanohydrin.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 10

(4) Action of bromine water : Glucose on oxidation with mild oxidising agent like bromine water gives gluconic acid, which shows that the carbonyl group in glucose is aldehyde group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 11

(5) Action of dll. nitric acid : Glucose on oxidation with dilute nitric acid forms dicarboxylic acid, saccharic acid. This indicates the presence of a primary alcoholic group (-CH2OH) in glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 12

(6) Action of acetic anhydride : When glucose is heated with acetic anhydride in the presence of catalyst pyridine, glucose penta acetate is formed. It indicates that glucose is a stable compound and contains five hydroxyl groups.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 13

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 16.
Write Fischer projection formulae for
(1) Glucose
(2) Gluconic acid
(3) Saccharic acid.
Answer:
Fischer projection formulae of glucose, gluconic acid and saccharic acid :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 17

Question 17.
Explain D and L configuration in sugars.
Answer:
The simplest carbohydrates glyceraldehyde is chosen as the standard, to assign D and L configuration to monosaccharides. Glyceraldehyde contains one asymmetric carbon atom and exist in two enantiomeric forms
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 18

The dextro entantiomer is represented as (+) glyceraldehyde and it is referred as D-configuration i.e., D-glyceraldehyde. The laevo enantiomer of glyceraldehyde is represented as ( -) glyceraldehyde and it corelated as L-configuration i.e., L-glyceraldehyde.

In Fischer projection formula, a monosaccharide is assigned D-configuration if the (- OH) hydroxyl group at the last chiral carbon and lies towards right hand side. On the other hand it is assigned L-configuration if the – OH group on the last chiral carbon atom and lies on the left hand side. In monosaccharides, the most oxidised carbon (i.e., -CHO) is at the top.

Examples :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 19

Question 18.
Write Fischer projection formulae for (a) L-( + )-erythrose (b) L-( +) ribulose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 23

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 19.
Is the following sugar, D-sugar or L-sugar?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 24
Answer:
The compound is L-sugar.
The compound is L-sugar.

Question 20.
Assign D/L configuration to the following monosaccharides.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 25
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 26
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 27

Question 21.
Explain ring structure of glucose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 28
Glucose has two cyclic structures (II and III) which are in equilibrium with each other through the open chain structure (I) in aqueous solution.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

The ring structure of glucose is formed by reaction between the formyl ( – CHO) group and the alcoholic (- OH) group at C – 5. Thus, the ring structure is called a hemiacetal. The two hemiacetal structures (II and III) differ only in the configuration of C – I (Fig.), the additional chiral centre resulting from ring closure. The two ring structures are called α- and β- anomers of glucose and C-l is called the anomeric carbon. The ring of the cyclic structure of glucose contains five carbons and one oxygen. Thus, it is a six membered ring. It is called pyranose structure, in analogy with the six membered heterαyclic compound pyran (IV). Hence glucose is also called glucopyranose.

Question 22.
Write the structures of α-D-( + )-glucopyranose and β-D-( +) glucopyranose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 29

Question 23.
Explain Haworth formula of glycopyranose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 30
In the Haworth formula the pyranose ring is considered to be in a perpendicular plane with respect to the plane of paper. The carbons and oxygen in the ring are in the places as they appear in figure. The lower side of the ring is called α-side and the upper side is the β-side. The α-anomer has its anomeric hydroxyl (- OH) group (at C-l) on the α-side, whereas the β-anomer has its anomeric hydroxyl (- OH) group (at C-l) on the β-side. The groups which appear on right side in the Fischer projection formula appear on α-side in the Haworth formula, and the groups which appear on left side in the fischer projection formula appear on a β-side in the Haworth formula.

Question 24.
Explain the structure of fructose.
Answer:
Fructose has molecular formula C6H12O6. It contains ketonic functional group at carbon number 2 and six carbon atoms in straight chain. It belongs to D-series and is a laevo rotatory compound. It is written as D-( – )-fructose. Being an α-hydroxy keto compound fructose is a reducing sugar.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 31

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 25.
Draw mirror images of glucose and fructose.
Answer:
(1) Glucose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 32
(2) Fructose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 33

Question 26.
Write the two cyclic structures of α-D-( – )-fructofuranose and β-D-( – )-fructofuranose exist in equilibrium with open chain structure.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 34

Question 27.
Write the Haworth projection formulae for α -D-( -) – Fructofuranose and β – D – ( -) – Fructo- furanose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 35

Question 28.
Explain the structure of sucrose.
Answer:
Sucrose is a hexasaccharide and has molecular formula C12H22O11. The structure of shcrose contains glycosidic linkage between C – 1 of α-glucose and C – 2 of β-fructose. Since aldehyde and ketone groups of both monosaccharide units are involved in the formation of glycosidic bond, sucrose is a nonreducing sugar.

Sucrose is dextrorotatory, on hydrolysis with dilute acid or an enzyme invertase gives equimolar mixture of dextrorotatory glucose and laevorotatory fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 36
The solution is laevorotatory because laevo rotation of fructose (- 92.4°) is more than dextrorotation of glucose ( + 52.50), hence the sign of rotation is changed from (+) to (-) after hydrolysis, the product is called invert sugar.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 37

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 29.
Explain the structure of maltose.
Answer:
Maltose is another disaccharide obtained by partial hydrolysis of starch or made of two units of D-glucose. In maltose, C-l of one α-D-glucose is linked to C-4 of another α-D-glucose molecule by glycosidic linkage. The glucose ring which uses its hydroxyl group at C-1 is α – 1 → 4 glycosidic linkage. It is a reducing sugar because a free aldehyde group can be produced at C1 of second glucose molecule. Maltose on hydrolysis with dilute acids gives glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 38

Question 30.
Draw a neat diagram for Haworth formula of maltose.

Question 31.
Explain the structure of lactose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 39
Lactose (C12H22O11) is a disaccharide. It is found in milk, therefore, it is also known as milk sugar. It is formed from two monosaccharide units, namely D – galactose and D – glucose. The glycosidic linkage is formed between C-l of β-D-galactose and C -4 of glucose. Therefore the linkage in lactose is called β – 1,4 – glycosidic linkage. The hemiacetal group at C-l of the glucose unit is not involved in glycosidic linkage but is free. Hence lactose is a reducing sugar. The above figure shows Haworth formula of lactose.

Question 32.
What are the hydrolysis products of (1) lactose (2) sucrose?
Answer:
(1) Lactose on hydrolysis in presence of an acid or enzyme lactase gives one molecule each of glucose and galactose
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 40
(2) Sucrose on hydrolysis in the presence of dii. acid or the enzyme invertase gives one molecule each of glucose and fructose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 41

Question 33.
Explain the structure of starch.
Answer:
Starch is found in cereal grains, roots, tubers, potatoes, etc. It is a polymer of α-D-glucose and consists of two components, amylose and amylopectin.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Amylose is water soluble component forms blue coloured complex with iodine. It constitutes about 20 % of starch. Amylose contains 200 to 1000 α-D-glucose units linked together by glycosidic linkage between C-l of one unit and C-4 of another unit. i.e. α-1, 4 glycosidic linkages.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 43
Amylopectin is insoluble in water and constitutes about 80 % starch which forms blue-violet coloured complex with iodine. It is a branched chain polymer. In amylopectin, α-D-glucose molecules are linked together by glycosidic linkage between C1 – of one unit and C-4 of another unit to form long chain and branching αcurs by glycosidic linkage between C-l and C6 glycosidic linkage.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 44

Question 34.
What are polysaccharides?
Answer:
A large number of same or different monosaccharides are joined together by glycosidic linkages are called polysaccharides. They have general formula (C6H10O5)n.

Question 35.
Explain the structure of cellulose.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 45
Cellulose mainly αcurs in plants. Cell wall of plant cells is made up of cellulose. It is a long chain polymer. In cellulose, β-D-glucose units are linked by glycosidic linkage between C1-of one unit of glucose and C4 of another glucose unit. Thus cellulose contains 1 → 4β glycosidic linkages like those in cellobiose.

Question 36.
Explain the structure of glycogen.
Answer:
The glucose is stored in animal body in the form of glycogen. It is also known as animal starch because its structure is similar to amylopectin. Glycogen is highly branched. Whenever the body is required glucose, enzymes breaks the glycogen to glucose.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 37.
How is glycogen different from starch?
Answer:
Starch is the main storage molecules of plants whereas glycogen is the main storage molecule of animals. Starch is found in cereals, roots, tubers, etc. Glycogen is present in liver, muscles and brain.

Question 38.
What do you understand by the term glycosidic linkage?
Answer:
The linkage between two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom is called glycosidic linkage.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 46

Question 39.
What is the basic structural difference between starch and cellulose?
Answer:
Starch is a polymer of a-glucose and consists of two components-amylose and amylopectin. In amylose α-D-D-( + )-glucose units held by C,-C4 glycosidic linkage and in amylopectin, α-D-glucose units held by C1-C4 glycosidic linkage whereas branching αcurs by C1-C6 glycosidic linkage. [Refer Question 35 (i) (ii) Fig.] Cellulose is a straight chain polysaccharide composed only of β-D-glucose units held by C1-C4 glycosidic linkage. (Refer Question 37 Fig.)

Question 40.
Define the term : Protein OR What are proteins?
Answer:
Chemically proteins are polyamides which are high molecular weight polymers of the monomer units i.e. α-amino acids. OR It can also be defined as Proteins are the biopolymers of a large number of a-amino acids and they are naturally occurring polymeric nitrogenous organic compounds containing 16% nitrogen and peptide linkages (-CO-NH-).

Question 41.
Write the common sources of protein.
Answer:
Common sources of proteins are milk, pulses, peanuts, eggs, fishes, cheese, cereals, etc. They are also the principal materials of muscle, nerves, tendons, skin, blood, enzymes, many hormones and antibiotics.

Question 42.
What are the products of hydrolysis of proteins?
Answer:
On hydrolysis, proteins give a mixture of α-anlino acids.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 47
The α-carbon in α-amino acids ohtained by hydrolysis of proteins has ‘L’ configuration.

Question 43.
What are the a-amino acids?
Answer:
α-Amino acids are carboxylic acids having an amino (- NH2) group bonded to the α-carbon, i.e. the carbon next to the carboxyl (- COOH) group.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 48
α-amino acids are derivatives of carboxylic acids, obtained by replacing – H atom by amino group. They are bifunctional compounds containing acidic Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 49 and basic – NH2 groups.
Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 50 (where R is an alkyl group or aryl group).

The amino acids are colourless, crystalline, water soluble, high melting solids. These acids in their aqueous solutions behave like salts due to presence of both acidic, Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 51 and basic. (- NH2) groups in the same molecule.

Such a doubly charged ion is known as zwitter ion. Example : Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 52
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 53

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 44.
What are the final products of hydrolysis of proteins?
Answer:
Proteins on hydrolysis with dilute solution of acids, alkalies or enzymes give a mixture of large number of a-amino acids as final products.

For example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 54

Question 45.
Write the classification of amino acids, giving examples.
Answer:
The amino acids are of three types : acidic, basic and neutral. The symbol ‘R’ in the structure of a-amino acids represents side chain and may contain additional functional groups.

(1) Acidic amino acids : If ‘R’ contains a carboxyl (- COOH) group the amino acid is acidic amino acid, i.e. If carboxyl groups are more in number than amino groups, then amino acids are acidic in nature.

Examples : Glutamic acid HOOC-CH2-CH2-; Aspartic acid HOO-CH2

(2) Basic amino acids : If ‘R’ contains an amino (1°, 2°, or 3°) group, it is called basic amino acid i.e. If amino groups are more in number than carboxyl groups then amino acids are basic in nature.

Examples : Arginine Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 55

(3) Neutral amino acids : The other amino acids having neutral or no functional group in ‘R’ are called neutral amino acids, i.e. The amino acids having equal number of amino and carboxyl groups are neutral amino acids.

Examples : Alanine CH3-; Valine (CH3)2-CH

Question 46.
What are essential and non-essential amino acids? Give two examples of each.
Answer:
The amino acids, which cannot be synthesised in the body and are supplied through diet are called essential amino acids. Examples : Lysine H2N-(CH2)4-; Valine (CH3)2CH- The amino acids which are synthesized in the body are called non-essential amino acids.

Examples : Glutamic acid HOO-CH2-CH2-; Serine HO-CH2

Question 47.
What is meant by Zwitter ion?
Answer:
An a-amino acid molecule contains both acidic carboxyl ( – COOH) group as well as basic amino (- NH2) group. Proton transfer from acidic group to basic group of amino acid forms a salt, which is a dipolar ion called a zwitterion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 61

Question 48.
Draw zwitter ion of alanine and other two forms.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 62

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 49.
What is a peptide bond (peptide linkage)?
OR
Define peptide bond.
Answer:
Proteins are the polymers of a-amino acids and they are connected to each other. The bond that connects a-amino acids to each other is called peptide bond (peptide linkage, – CONH -).

Question 50.
How is peptide linkage (dipeptide linkage) formed in proteins? How is tripeptide formed?
Answer:
Peptide linkage is formed by condensation of acidic Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 63 group of one molecule of a-amino acid and basic -NH2 group of other molecule of α-amino acid with elimination of water.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 64

When one more molecule of amino acid combines with dipeptide, it forms tripeptide.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 65
Thus, it forms tetra, penta and finally a polypeptide chain i.e. proteins. Hence, proteins are basically polypeptides.

Question 51.
Write the structures of all possible dipeptides which can be obtained from glycine and alanine.
Answer:
(1) Dipeptide from glycine :
Carboxylic group of glycine reacting with amino group another molecule of glycine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 73
(2) Dipeptide from alanine :
Carboxylic goup of alanine reaction with amino goup of another molecule of alamine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 74
(3) Dipeptide from glycine and alanine :
Carboxylic group of glycine reacting with amino group another molecule of alanine to form dipeptide
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 75

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 52.
How are proteins classified on the basis of molecular shapes?
Answer:
On the basis of their molecular shapes proteins are classified as :
(1) Fibrous proteins : The proteins in which the polypeptide chains lie parallel (side by side) to form fibre-like structure, are called fibrous proteins. The polypeptide chains held together by hydrogen bonds. These proteins are insoluble in water.

The fibrous proteins are tough and insoluble in water, and dilute acids or bases.

Example : myαin (in muscles), keratin (in hair, nails, skin), fibroin (in silk), collagen (in tendons), etc.

(2) Globular proteins : The proteins have spherical shape. This shape results from coiling around of the polypeptide chain of protein, and have intramolecular hydrogen bonding are called globular proteins.

They are soluble in water and dilute acids or bases.

Example : Haemoglobin (in blood), albumin (in eggs), insulin (in pancreas), etc.

Question 53.
Distinguish between globular and fibrous proteins.
Answer:

Globular proteins Fibrous proteins
(1) The chains of polypeptides of protein coil around to give a spherical shape.
(2) Globular proteins are soluble in water.
(3) They are sensitive to small changes of temperature and pH.
(4) They possess biological activity.
(1) The proteins in which the polypeptide chains lie parallel to form fibre like structure.
(2) Fibrous proteins are insoluble in water.
(3) They are stable to moderate changes of temperature and pH.
(4) They do not possess biological activity.

Question 54.
Draw a neat labelled diagram for the secondary structure of protein.
Answer:
Secondary structure of proteins : The three-dimensional arrangement of lαalized regions of a long polypeptide chain is called the secondary structure of protein. Hydrogen bonding between N-H proton of one amide linkage and C = O oxygen of another gives rise to the secondary structure. There are two different types of secondary structures i.e. α-helix and β-pleated sheet.

α-Helix : In a-helix structure, a polypeptide chain gets coiled by twisting into a right handed or clαkwise spiral known as a-helixn. The characteristic features of α-helical structure of protein are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 78
(1) Each turn of the helix has 3.6 amino acids.
(2) A C = O group of one amino acid is hydrogen bonded to N – H group of the fourth amino acid along the chain.
(3) Hydrogen bonds are parallel to the axis of helix while R groups extend outward from the helix core.
Myosin in muscle and a-keratin in hair are proteins with almost entire a-helical secondary structure.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

β-Pleated sheet : In secondary structure, when two or more polypeptide chains (strands) line up side-by-side is called β-pleated sheets. The β-picate sheet structure of protein consists of extended strands of polypeptide chains held together by intermolecular hydrogen bonding. The characteristics of β-pleated sheet structure are :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 79

  • The C = O and N – H bonds lie in the planes of the sheet.
  • Hydrogen bonding occurs between the N – H and C = O groups of nearby amino acid residues in the neighbouring chains.
  • The R groups are oriented above and below the plane of the sheet.

The β-pleated sheet arrangement is favoured by amino acids with small R groups.

Question 55.
What is denaturation of proteins? How is denaturation brought about?
OR
What is the effect of denaturation on the structure of proteins?
Answer:
The prαess by which the molecular shape of protein changes without breaking the amide / peptide bonds that form the primary structure is called denaturation. OR Proteins gets easily precipitated. It is an irreversible change and the prαess is called denaturation of proteins.

Denaturation uncoils the protein and destroys the shape and thus loses their characteristic biological activity. Denaturation is brought about by heating the protein with alcohol, concentrated inorganic acids or by salts of heavy metals. During denaturation secondary and tertiary and quternary structures are destroyed but primary structure remains intact.

Example : Boiling of egg to coagulate egg white, conversion of milk to curd.

Question 56.
Define : Enzymes
Answer:
All biological reactions are catalysed by bio-catalyst in living organisms called enzymes.

Question 57.
What are enzymes? Explain with suitable example.
Answer:
All biological or bio-catalysts which catalyse the reactions in living organisms are called enzymes. Chemically all enzymes are proteins. They are required in very small quantities as they are catalyst also they reduce the activation energy for a particular reaction.

Example : Enzyme maltase converts maltose to glucose.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 84

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 58.
Explain the catalytic action of enzymes.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 85
Answer:
Mechanism of enzyme catalysis : Action of an enzyme on a substrate is known as lock-and-key mechanism.

Accordingly, the enzyme has active site on its surface. A substrate molecule can attach to this active site only if it has the right size and shape. Once in the active site, the substrate is held in the correct orientation, enzymes provide functional group which will attack the substrate and forms the products of reaction. The products leave the active site and the enzyme is ready to act as catalyst again.

Question 59.
Give examples of industrial application of enzyme catalysis.
Answer:

  • Glucose Isomerase (enzyme) is used in conversion of glucose to sweet-tasting fructose.
  • New antibiotics are manufactured using penicillin acylase (enzyme).
  • Laundry detergentts are manufactured using proteases (enzyme).
  • Esters used in cosmetics are manufactured using genetically engineered enzyme.

Question 60.
Draw a neat diagram for enzyme catalysis.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 85

Question 61.
State the main functions of enzymes.
Answer:
Enzymes are biological catalyst and they are highly specific in nature. The two main functions are as follows :
(1) They lower the requirement of activation energy.
(2) They speed up the rate of reaction.
E.g. Enzyme maltase catalyses maltose to glucose.
\(\mathrm{C}_{12} \mathrm{H}_{22} \mathrm{O}_{11}+\mathrm{H}_{2} \mathrm{O} \stackrel{\text { Maltase }}{\longrightarrow} 2 \mathrm{C}_{6} \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_{6}\)

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 62.
What are nucleic acids?
Answer:
Nucleic acids are unbranched polymers of repeating monomers i.e. nucleotides. In other words, nucleic acids have a polynucleotide structure which in turn consists of a base, a pentose sugar and phosphate moiety.

Nucleic acids are biomolecules which are found in the nuclei of all living cells in the form of nucleoproteins or chromosomes.

(Nucleoproteins = Proteins + Nucleic acid)
(prosthetic group)

Question 63.
State the types of nucleic acids.
Answer:
The types of nucleic acids are : Ribonucleic acid (RNA) and deoxy ribonucleic acid (DNA). DNA molecules contain several million nucleotides while RNA molecules contain a few thousand nucleotides.

Question 64.
Explain chemical composition of nucleic acids.
Answer:
Nucleic acids have a polynucleotide structure. Nucleic acids (RNA and DNA) consists of three components :
(1) monosaccharide (sugar)
(2) nitrogen containing base and
(3) phosphate group.

(1) Monosaccharides : Nucleotides of both RNA consist of five membered monosaccharide ring (furanose), called as simply sugar component.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 86
In RNA, the sugar component of nucleotide units is D-ribose and in DNA 2-deoxy-D-ribose.
2 – deoxy means no – OH group at C2 position.

(2) Nitrogen containing base : Total five nitrogen – containing bases are present in nucleic acids. Three bases with one ring (cytosine, uracil and thymine) are derived from the parent compound pyrimidine. Two bases with two rings (adenine and guanine) are derived from the parent compound purine. Each base in designated by a one-letter symbol. Uracil (U) αcurs only in RNA while thymine (T) ocurs only in DNA.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 87

(3) Phosphate group : The sugar units are joined to phosphate through C3 and C5 hydroxyl groups.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 65.
What is meant by nucleosides?
OR
Write the structure of nucleoside. Give examples.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 89
A nucleoside contains two basic components of nucleic acids i.e. a pentose sugar and a nitrogenous base.

A nucleoside is formed when 1 -position of a pyrimidine (cytosine, thymine or uracil) or 9-position of guanine or adenine base is attached to C- l of sugar by β-linkage.

Examples: Formation of nucleoside:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 90

Question 66.
What is meant by nucleotide?
OR
Write the structure of nucleotide. Give example.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 91
A nucleotide contains all three basic components of nucleic acids i.e., a pentose sugar, a phosphoric acid and a nitrogenous base. These are obtained by esterification of \(\mathrm{C}_{5}^{1}-\mathrm{OH}\) group of the pentose sugar by phosphoric acid. Nucleotides are joined together through phosphate ester linkage. Thus, nucleotides are monophosphates of nucleosides. Abridged names of some nucleotides are AMP, dAMP, UMP, dTMP and so on. Here, the first capital letter is derived from the corresponding base. MP stands for monophosphate. Small letter ‘d’ in the beginning indicates deoxyribose in the nucleotide.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Example :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 92

 

Question 67.
Write the structure of nucleic acids.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 95
Answer:
Nucleic acids, both DNA and RNA, are polymers of nucleotides, formed by joining the 3′ – OH group of one nucleotide with 5′ – phosphate of another nucleotide. Two ends of polynucleotide chain are distinct from each other. One end having free phosphate group of 5′ position is called 5′ end. The other end is 3′ end and has free OH – group at 3′ position.

Question 68.
Draw a schematic representation of polynucleotide structure of nucleic acids.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 96

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

Question 69.
Explain double helix.
OR
State the salient features of the Watson and Crick mode of DNA.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 98
The Salient features are :

  1. DNA is made of two polynucleotide strands that wind into a right-handed double helix.
  2. The two strands run in opposite directions: one from the Y end to the 3’ end, while the other from the 3’ end to the Y end.
  3. Pcrpcndicular to the axis of the helix, the sugar – phosphate backbone lies on the outside of the helix and the bases lic on the inside.
  4. The hydrogen bonding between the hases of the two DNA strands stabilizes the double helix. This gives rise to a ladder-like structure of DNA double helix.
  5. Adenine always forms two hydrogen bonds with thymine and guanine forms three hydrogen bonds with cytosinc. Thus A – T arid C – G arc complementary hase pairs and the Two strands of the double helix arc complementary to each other.

Question 70.
Give scientific reasons :
1. In the preparation of glucose from sucrose, ethyl alcohol is added at the time of cooling.
Answer:
Hydrolysis of sucrose with dilute hydrαhloric acid gives glucose along with fructose.

Ethyl alcohol is added at the time of cooling in the preparation of glucose, to separate glucose from fructose. Glucose being insoluble in alcohol, crystallizes out first, while fructose being more soluble in alcohol, remains in the solution.

Question 71.
Answer in one sentence :

(1) How is glucose stored in the animal body?
Answer:
Glucose is stored in the form of glycogen in the animal body.

(2) Write other term used for carbohydrates.
Answer:
Carbohydrates are often termed as saccharides or sugars.

(3) How many moles of acetic anhydride will be required to form glucose penta acetate from 1 mole of glucose?
Answer:
10 moles of acetic anhydride.

(4) What are reducing sugars?
Answer:
Reducing sugars : Carbohydrates which reduce Fehling solution to red ppt of Cu20 or Tollen’s reagent to shining metallic silver are called reducing sugars. All monosaccharides and oligosaccharides except sucrose are reducing sugars.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

(5) What are non-reducing sugars?
Answer:
Non-reducing sugars : Carbohydrates which do not reduce Fehling solution and Tollen’s reagent are called non-reducing sugars. E.g. sucrose.

(6) Give an example each of reducing and non-reducing sugars.
Answer:
Reducing sugars : Maltose or lactose
Non-reducing sugars : Sucrose.

(7) Name the linkage which joins two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom.
Answer:
The linkage which joins two monosaccharide units through oxygen atom is called glycosidic linkage.

(8) Name the sugar present in DNA.
Answer:
The sugar present in DNA is deoxyribose.

(9) A nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is hydrolysed. What are the products formed?
Answer:
When nucleotide from DNA containing thymine is hydrolysed, 2-deoxy-D-ribose, thymine and phosphoric acid is obtained.

(10) How is zwitterion formed?
Answer:
In aqueous solution, the carboxyl group loses a proton while the amino group accepts it, as a result, a dipolar or zwitter ion is formed.

(11) Name the amino acids which are synthesized in the body.
Answer:
The amino acids which are synthesized in the body are called non-essential amino acids. Examples : Glutamic acid, serine.

(12) Name the four bases present in DNA which of these is not present in RNA.
Answer:
Purines-adenine (A) and guanine (G); Pyrimidines-thymine (T) and cytosine (C), these four bases are present in DNA. Out of these, thymine (T) is not present in RNA.

(13) What are different types of RNA which are found in the cell?
Answer:
There are three different types of RNA found in the cell. (1) The messenger RNA which carries the message to the ribosome (2) Ribosomal RNA where synthesis of protein takes place (3) The transport RNA.

(14) State the functions of RNA and DNA.
Answer:
RNA and DNA are responsible for generic characteristics : DNA preserves the information and uses it by producing duplicate identical DNA molecules. RNA carries messages and transports them.

Multiple Choice Questions

Question 72.
Select and write the most appropriate answer from the given alternatives for each subquestion :

1. Which of the following is not sugar?
(a) Sucrose
(b) Starch
(c) Fructose
(d) Glucose
Answer:
(b) Starch

2. Which of the following is the example of disaccharide?
(a) Glucose
(b) Raffinose
(c) Cellulose
(d) Sucrose
Answer:
(d) Sucrose

3. Fructose is
(a) aldopentose
(b) aldohexose
(c) ketopentose
(d) ketohexose
Answer:
(d) ketohexose

4. Oxidation product of glucose with bromine water is
(a) sorbitol
(b) gluconic acid
(c) glutamic acid
(d) saccharic acid
Answer:
(b) gluconic acid

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

5. The general formula of carbohydrates is
(a) C(H2O)
(b) Cx(H2O)y
(c) Cx(H2O)
(d) Cx(H2O)x
Answer:
(b) Cx(H2O)y

6. Monosaccharides containing aldehyde group are called
(a) aldoses
(b) ketoses
(c) polysaccharides
(d) disaccharides
Answer:
(a) aldoses

7. Which of the following sugars can be used to prepare glucose on a large scale?
(a) Cellulose
(b) Cane sugar
(c) Galactose
(d) Starch
Answer:
(d) Starch

8. Which of the following carbohydrates cannot undergo hydrolysis?
(a) Glucose
(b) Sucrose
(c) Cellulose
(d) Maltose
Answer:
(a) Glucose

9. Glucose differs from fructose in
(a) the functional group
(b) the number of chiral carbon atoms
(c) the number of carbon atoms
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

10. The example of aldopentose is
(a) arabinose
(b) glucose
(c) fructose
(d) sucrose
Answer:
(a) arabinose

11. Dextrose, grape sugar and blood sugar αcurs in
(a) fructose
(b) glucose
(c) sucrose
(d) starch
Answer:
(b) glucose

12. The example of ketopentose is
(a) galactose
(b) ribose
(c) raffinose
(d) maltose
Answer:
(b) ribose

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

13. Cane sugar on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose and maltose
(b) glucose and lactose
(c) glucose and fructose
(d) only glucose
Answer:
(c) glucose and fructose

14. On commerical scale, glucose is prepared from
(a) starch
(b) potato pulp
(c) sucrose
(d) both (a) and (b)
Answer:
(d) both (a) and (b)

15. The number of monosaccharide units formed on hydrolysis of glucose are
(a) zero
(b) one
(c) two
(d) three
Answer:
(a) zero

16. Which of the following is NOT TRUE about glucose?
(a) It is monosaccharide
(b) It is a polyhydroxy aldehyde
(c) It is polyhydroxy ketone
(d) It contains six carbon atoms
Answer:
(c) It is polyhydroxy ketone

17. Final hydrolysis product of simple protein is
(a) carboxylic acid
(b) α-amino acid
(c) mineral acid
(d) acetic acid
Answer:
(b) α-amino acid

18. Haemoglobin is the example of-
(a) simple protein
(b) derived protein
(c) fibrous protein
(d) conjugated protein
Answer:
(d) conjugated protein

19. Protein are also called
(a) polysaccharides
(b) polypeptides
(c) polyglycerides
(d) polyster
Answer:
(b) polypeptides

20. The simplest amino acid is
(a) glycine
(b) oxalic acid
(c) adipic acid
(d) caprolactam
Answer:
(a) glycine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

21. Amino acids usually exist in the form of zwitter ion which consist of
(a) the basic group-NH2 and the acidic group -COOH
(b) the acidic group -N+H3 and the basic group COO
(c) the acidic group -COO+ and the acidic group NH3-
(d) acidic or basic group
Answer:
(b) the acidic group -N+H3 and the basic group COO-

22. The water insoluble protein is
(a) casein of milk
(b) albumin
(c) serum albumin
(d) keratin of hair
Answer:
(d) keratin of hair

23. The main structural feature of a protein molecule is the presence of
(a) an ester linkage
(b) an ether linkage
(c) a peptide linkage
(d) all of these
Answer:
(c) a peptide linkage

24. Milk sugar is
(a) sucrose
(b) lactose
(c) maltose
(d) glucose
Answer:
(b) lactose

25. The carbohydrates used for silvering of mirror is
(a) fructose
(b) starch
(c) glucose
(d) cellulose
Answer:
(c) glucose

26. Which one of the following is NOT produced by human body?
(a) DNA
(b) Hormones
(c) Enzymes
(d) Vitamins
Answer:
(c) Enzymes

27. A biological catalyst is essentially
(a) an amino acid
(b) an enzyme
(c) a nitrogen molecule
(d) a carbohydrate
Answer:
(d) a carbohydrate

28. Which one of the following is not a constituent of RNA?
(a) Ribose
(b) Uracil
(c) Thymine
(d) Phosphate
Answer:
(b) Uracil

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

29. DNA is a polymer of units of
(a) sugars
(b) ribose
(c) amino acids
(d) nucleotides
Answer:
(c) amino acids

30. Which one of the following molecules will form zwitter ion?
(a) CH3COOH
(b) CH3CH2NH2
(c) CCl3NO2
(d) NH2CH2COOH
Answer:
(d) NH2CH2COOH

31. In metabolic prαess the maximum energy is given by
(a) carbohydrates
(b) proteins
(c) vitamins
(d) fats
Answer:
(d) fats

32. DNA has a structure of helix was reported by
(a) Herman Fischer
(b) Fedrick Sauger
(c) Andreas Marggraf
(d) Watson and Crick
Answer:
(d) Watson and Crick

33. The secondary structure of a protein is determined by
(a) co-ordinate bond
(b) covalent bond
(c) ionic bond
(d) hydrogen bond
Answer:
(d) hydrogen bond

34. In maltose, glycosidic linkage is present between the two glucose units at positions
(a) 1, 2
(b) 1, 1
(c) 1, 3
(d) 1, 4
Answer:
(d) 1, 4

35. Which of the following amino acids is basic in nature?
(a) Valine
(b) Tyrosine
(c) Arginine
(d) Luecine
Answer:
(c) Arginine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

36. Sucrose molecules consists of
(a) a glucofuranose and a fructopyranose
(b) a glucofuranose and a fructofuranose
(c) a glucopyranose and a fructopyranose
(d) a glucopyranose and a’ fructofuranose
Answer:
(d) a glucopyranose and a’ fructofuranose

37. Which one of the following statements is not correct about DNA molecule?
(a) It has double helix structure
(b) It serves as hereditary material
(c) The two DNA strands are exactly similar
(d) Its replication is called semi-conservative mode of replication
Answer:
(c) The two DNA strands are exactly similar

38. Glycine on heating forms
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 107
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 108
Answer:
(a)

39. Acidic amino acid is
(a) Glutamine
(b) Glutamic acid
(c) Tyrosine
(d) Lysine
Answer:
(b) Glutamic acid

40. Basic amino acid is
(a) Lysine
(b) Glycine
(c) Cystine
(d) Alanine
Answer:
(a) Lysine

41. Precipitation of protein is referred to as
(a) destruction of proteins
(b) separation of proteins
(c) denaturation of proteins
(d) fragmentation of proteins
Answer:
(c) denaturation of proteins

42. An amino acid containing sulphur is
(a) serine
(b) cysteine
(c) valine
(d) asparagine
Answer:
(b) cysteine

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

43. Rhamnose is a
(a) carbohydrate
(b) protein
(c) lipid
(d) vitamin
Answer:
(a) carbohydrate

44. Lactose on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose + glucose
(b) glucose + fructose
(c) glucose + galactose
(d) fructose + galactose
Answer:
(c) glucose + galactose

45. Raffinose on hydrolysis gives
(a) glucose + glucose + galactose
(b) glucose + fructose + galactose
(c) glucose + galactose + galactose
(d) fructose + galactose + galactose
Answer:
(b) glucose + fructose + galactose

46. Naturally αcurring glucose is
(a) dextro rotatory
(b) laevo rotatory
(c) racemic mixture
(d) all of these
Answer:
(a) dextro rotatory

47. Amylopectin is
(a) soluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch
(b) insoluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch
(c) Soluble in alcohol and constitutes about 60% of starch
(d) in soluble in alcohol and constitutes about 60% of starch
Answer:
(b) insoluble in water and constitutes about 80% of starch

48. Insulin contains
(a) 51 amino acids
(b) 151 amino acids
(c) 15 amino acids
(d) 115 amino acids
Answer:
(a) 51 amino acids

49. Pyranose structure of glucose is
(a) an open chain structure of glucose
(b) a structure of reduction product of glucose
(c) a cyclic six-membered structure of glucose
(d) a four-membered cyclic form of glucose
Answer:
(c) a cyclic six-membered structure of glucose

50. The number of – OH groups present in ribulose is
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 5
Answer:
(b) 4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

51. Peptide linkage is
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 14 Biomolecules 109
Answer:
(d)

52. Stachyose is an example of
(a) monosaccharides
(b) disaccharides
(c) trisaccharides
(d) tetrasaccharides
Answer:
(d) tetrasaccharides

53. How many moles of (CH3CO)2O will be required to form glucose pentaacetate form 2 moles of glucose?
(a) 2
(b) 5
(c) 10
(d) 2.5
Answer:
(c) 10

54. Which of the following NOT present in DNA?
(a) Adenine
(b) Guanine
(c) Thymine
(d) Uracil
Answer:
(d) Uracil

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Important Questions Chapter 14 Biomolecules

55. Maltose is a
(a) polysaccharide
(b) disaccharide
(c) trisaccharide
(d) monosaccharide
Answer:
(b) disaccharide

12th Chemistry Chapter 4 Exercise Chemical Thermodynamics Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 4

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Chemistry Textbook Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Chemical Thermodynamics Class 12 Exercise Question Answers Solutions Maharashtra Board

Class 12 Chemistry Chapter 4 Exercise Solutions Maharashtra Board

Chemistry Class 12 Chapter 4 Exercise Solutions

1. Select the most apropriate option.

Question 1.
The correct thermodynamic conditions for the spontaneous reaction at all temperatures are
(a) ΔH < 0 and ΔS > 0
(b) ΔH > 0 and ΔS < 0
(c) ΔH < 0 and ΔS < 0
(d) ΔH < 0 and ΔS = 0
Answer:
(a) ΔH < 0 and ΔS > 0

Question ii.
A gas is allowed to expand in a well-insulated container against a constant external pressure of 2.5 bar from an initial volume of 2.5 L to a final volume of 4.5 L. The change in internal energy, ΔU of the gas will be
(a) -500 J
(b) +500J
(c) -1013 J
(d) +1013 J
Answer:
(a) -500 J

Question iii.
In which of the following, entropy of the system decreases ?
(a) Crystallisation of liquid into solid
(b) Temperature of crystalline solid is increased from 0 K to 115 K
(c) H2(g) → 2H(g)
(d) 2NaHCO3(s) → Na2CO3(s) + CO2(g) + H2O(g)
Answer:
(a) Crystallisation of liquid into solid

Question iv.
The enthalpy of formation for all elements in their standard states is
(a) unity
(b) zero
(c) less than zero
(d) different elements
Answer:
(b) zero

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question v.
Which of the following reactions is exothermic ?
(a) H2(g) → 2H(g)
(b) C(s) → C(g)
(c) 2Cl(g) → Cl2(g)
(d) H2O(s) → H2O(l)
Answer:
(c) 2Cl(g) → Cl2(g)

Question vi.
6.24 g of ethanol are vaporized by supplying 5.89 kJ of heat. Enthalpy of vaporization of ethanol will be
(a) 43.4 kJ mol-1
(b) 60.2 kJ mol-1
(c) 38.9 kJ mol-1
(d) 20.4 kJ mol-1
Answer:
(a) 43.4 kJ mol-1

Question vii.
If the standard enthalpy of formation of methanol is -238.9 kJ mol-1 then entropy change of the surroundings will be
(a) -801.7 JK-1
(b) 801.7 JK-1
(c) 0.8017 JK-1
(d) -0.8017 JK-1
Answer:
(b) 801.7 JK-1

Question viii.
Which of the following are not state functions ?
1. Q + W 2. Q 3. W 4. H-TS
(a) 1, 2 and 3
(b) 2 and 3
(c) 1 and 4
(d) 2, 3 and 4
Answer:
(b) 2 and 3

Question ix.
For vaporization of water at 1 bar, ΔH = 40.63 kJ mol-1 and ΔS =108.8 JK-1 mol-1. At what temperature, ΔG = 0?
(a) 273.4 K
(b) 393.4 K
(c) 373.4 K
(d) 293.4 K
Answer:
(c) 373.4 K

Question x.
Bond enthalpies of H – H, Cl – Cl and H – Cl bonds are 434 kJ mol-1, 242 kJ mol-2 and 431 kJ mol-1, respectively. Enthalpy of formation of HCl is
(a) 245 kJ mol-1
(b) -93 kJ mol-1
(c) -245 kJ mol-1
(d) 93 kJ mol-1
Answer:
(b) -93 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

2. Answer the following in one or two sentences.

Question i.
Comment on the statement: No work is involved in an expansion of a gas in vacuum.
Answer:
(1) When a gas expands against an external pressure Pex, changing the volume from V1 to V2, the work obtained is given by
W = -Pex (V2 – V1).
(2) Hence the work is performed by the system when it experiences the opposing force or pressure.
(3) Greater the opposing force, more is the work.
(4) In free expansion, the gas expands in vaccum where it does not experience opposing force, (P = 0). Since external pressure is zero, no work is obtained.
∴ W = -Pex (V2 – V1)
= -0 × (V2 – V1)
= 0
(5) Since during expansion in vacuum no energy is expended, it is called free expansion.

Question ii.
State the first law of thermodynamics.
Answer:
The first law of thermodynamics is based on the principle of conservation of energy and can be stated in different ways as follows :

  1. Energy can neither be created nor destroyed, however, it may be converted from one form into another.
  2. Whenever, a quantity of one kind of energy is consumed or disappears, an equivalent amount of another kind of energy appears.
  3. The total mass and energy of an isolated system remain constant, although there may be interconservation of energy from one form to another.
  4. The total energy of the universe remains constant.

Question iii.
What is enthalpy of fusion?
Answer:
Enthalpy of fusion (ΔfusH) : The enthalpy change that accompanies the fusion of one mole of a solid into a liquid at constant temperature and pressure is called enthalpy of fusion.
For example,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 1
This equation describes that when one mole of ice melts (fuses) at 0 °C (273 K) and 1 atmosphere, 6.1 kJ of heat will be absorbed.

Question iv.
What is standard state of a substance?
Answer:
The thermodynamic standard state of a substance (compound) is the most stable physical state of it at 298 K and 1 atmosphere (or 1 bar). The enthalpy of the substance in the standard state is represented as ΔfH0.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question v.
State whether ∆S is positive, negative or zero for the reaction 2H(g) → H2(g). Explain.
Answer:
(i) The given reaction, 2H(g) → H2(g) is the formation of H2(g) from free atoms.
(ii) Since two H atoms form one H2 molecule, ∆n = 1 – 2= -1 and disorder is decreased. Hence entropy change ∆S < 0 (or negative).

Question vi.
State second law of thermodynamics in terms of entropy.
Answer:
The second law of thermodynamics states that the total entropy of the system and its surroundings (universe) increases in a spontaneous process.
OR
Since all the natural processes are spontaneous, the entropy of the universe increases.
It is expressed mathematically as
∆ STotal = ∆ Ssystem + ∆Ssurr > 0
∆ SUniverse = ∆ Ssystem + ∆ Ssurr > 0

Question vii.
If the enthalpy change of a reaction is ∆H how will you calculate entropy of surroundings?
Answer:
(i) For endothermic reaction, ∆H > 0. This shows the system absorbs heat from surroundings.
∴ ∆surr H < 0.
∵ Entropy change = ∆surr S = \(\frac{-\Delta_{\text {surr }} H}{T}\)
There is decrease in entropy of surroundings.
(ii) For exothermic reaction, ∆H < 0, hence for surroundings, ∆surr H > 0

∴ ∆surr > 0.

Question viii.
Comment on spontaneity of reactions for which ∆H is positive and ∆S is negative.
Answer:
Since ∆H is +ve and ∆S is -ve, ∆G will be +ve at all temperatures. Hence reactions will be non-spontaneous at all temperatures.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

3. Answer in brief.

Question i.
Obtain the relationship between ∆G° of a reaction and the equilibrium constant.
Answer:
Consider following reversible reaction, aA + bB ⇌ cC + dD
The reaction quotient Q is,
Q = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]^{c} \times[\mathrm{D}]^{d}}{[\mathrm{~A}]^{a} \times[\mathrm{B}]^{b}}\)
The free energy change ∆G for the reaction is ∆G = ∆G° + RT in Q
Where ∆G° is the standard free energy change.
At equilibrium
Q = \(\frac{[\mathrm{C}]_{e}^{c} \times[\mathrm{D}]_{e}^{d}}{[\mathrm{~A}]_{e}^{a} \times[\mathrm{B}]_{e}^{b}}=\mathrm{K}\)
∴ ∆G = ∆G° + RT In K
∵ at equilibrium ∆G = 0
∴ 0 = AG° + RT In K
∴ ∆G° = -RT In K
∴ ∆G°= -2.303 RT log10K.

Question ii.
What is entropy? Give its units.
Answer:
(i) Entropy : Being a state function and thermodynamic function it is defined as entropy change (∆S) of a system in a process which is equal to the amount of heat transferred in a reversible manner (Qrev) divided by the absolute temperature (T), at which the heat is absorbed. Thus,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 2
(ii) Units of entropy are JK-1 in SI unit and cal K-1 in c.g.s. units. It is also expressed in terms of entropy unit (e.u.). Hence 1 e.u. = 1 JK-1.
(iii) Entropy is a measure of disorder in the system. Higher the disorder, more is entropy of the system.

Question iii.
How will you calculate reaction enthalpy from data on bond enthalpies?
Answer:
(i) In chemical reactions, bonds are broken in the reactant molecules and bonds are formed in the product molecules.
(ii) Energy is always required to break a chemical bond while energy is always released in the formation of the bond.
(iii) The enthalpy change of a gaseous reactions (ΔfH0) involving substances with covalent bonds can be calculated with the help of bond enthalpies of reactants and products. (In case of solids we need lattice energy or heat of sublimation while in case of liquids we need heat of evaporation.)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 3
If the energy required to break the bonds of reacting molecules is more than the energy released in the bond formation of the products, then the reaction will be endothermic and ∆H0 reaction will be positive. On the other hand if the energy released in the bond formation of the products is more than the energy required to break the bonds of reacting molecules then the reaction will be exothermic and ∆H0 reaction will be negative.

Question iv.
What is the standard enthalpy of combustion ? Give an example.
Answer:
Standard enthalpy of combustion or standard heat of combustion : it is defined as the enthalpy change when one mole of a substance in the standard state undergoes complete combustion in a sufficient amount of oxygen at constant temperature (298 K) and pressure (1 atmosphere or 1 bar). It is denoted by ∆cH0.
E.g. CH3OH(l) + \(\frac {3}{2}\) O2(g) = CO2(g) + 2H2O
cH0= -726 kJ mol-1
(∆cH0 is always negative.)
[Note : Calorific value : It is the enthalpy change or amount of heat liberated when one gram of a substance undergoes combustion.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 4

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question v.
What is the enthalpy of atomization? Give an example.
Answer:
Enthalpy of atomisation (∆atomH) : it is the enthalpy change accompanying the dissociation of one mole of gaseous substance into its atoms at constant temperature and pressure.
For example : CH4(g) → C(g) + 4H(g)atomH = 1660 kJ mol-1

Question vi.
Obtain the expression for work done in chemical reaction.
Answer:
Consider n1 moles of gaseous reactants A of volume V1 change to n2 moles of gaseous products B of volume V2 at temperature T and pressure P.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 5
In the initial state, PV1 = n1RT
In the final state, PV2 = n2RT
PV2 – PV1 = n2RT – n1RT = (n2 – n1)RT = ∆nRT
where ∆n is the change in number of moles of gaseous products and gaseous reactants.
Due to net changes in gaseous moles, there arises change in volume against constant pressure resulting in mechanical work, -P∆V.
∴ W = -P∆V = -P(V2 – V1) = – ∆nRT
(i) If n1 – n2, ∆n = 0, W = 0. No work is performed.
(ii) If n2 > n1, ∆n > 0, there is a work of expansion by the system and W is negative.
(iii) If n2 < n1, ∆n < 0, there is a work of compression, hence work is done on the system and W is positive.

Question vii.
Derive the expression for PV work.
Answer:
Consider a certain amount of an ideal gas enclosed in an ideal cylinder fitted with massless, frictionless rigid movable piston at pressure P, occupying volume V1 at temperature T.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 6
Fig. 4.8 : Work of expansion
As the gas expands, it pushes the piston upward through a distance d against external force F, pushing the surroundings.
The work done by the gas is,
W = opposing force × distance = -F × d
-ve sign indicates the lowering of energy of the system during expansion.
If a is the cross section area of the cylinder or piston, then,
W = \(-\frac{F}{a}\) × d × a
Now the pressure is Pex = \(\frac{F}{a}\)
while volume change is, ΔV = d × a
∴ W = -Pex × ΔV
If during the expansion, the volume changes from V1 and V2 then, ΔV = V2 – V1
∴ W= -Pex(V2 – V1)
During compression, the work W is +ve, since the energy of the system is increased,
W = +Pex(V2 – V1)

Question viii.
What are intensive properties? Explain why density is intensive property.
Answer:
(A) Intensive property : It is defined as a property of a system whose magnitude is independent of the amount of matter present in the system.
Explanation :

  1. Intensive property is characteristic of the system, e.g., refractive index, density, viscosity, temperature, pressure, boiling point, melting point, freezing point of a pure liquid, surface tension, etc.
  2. The intensive properties are not additive.

(B) Density is a ratio of two extensive properties namely, mass and volume. Since the ratio of two extensive properties represents an intensive property, density is an intensive property. It does not depend on the amount of a substance.

Question ix.
How much heat is evolved when 12 g of CO reacts with NO2 ? The reaction is :
4 CO(g) + 2 NO2(g) → 4CO2(g) + N2(g), ∆H0 = -1200 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

4. Answer the following questions.

Question i.
Derive the expression for the maximum work.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 7
Consider n moles of an ideal gas enclosed in an ideal cylinder fitted with a massless and frictionless movable rigid piston. Let V be the volume of the gas at a pressure P and a temperature T.
If in an infinitesimal change pressure changes from P to P – dP and volume increases from V to V + dV. Then the work obtained is, dW = -(P-dP) dV
= -PdV + dPdV
Since dP.dV is negligibly small relative to PdV
dW= -PdV
Let the state of the system change from A(P1, L1) to B (P2, V2) isothermally and reversibly, at temperature T involving number of infinitesimal steps.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 8
Then the total work or maximum work in the process is obtained by integrating above equation.
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 9
At constant temperature,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 10
where n, P, V and T represent number of moles, pressure, volume and temperature respectively. For the process,
ΔU = 0, ΔH = 0.
The heat absorbed in reversible manner
Qrev, is completely converted into work.
Qrev = -Wmax.
Hence work obtained is maximum.

Question ii.
Obtain the relatioship between ∆H and ∆U for gas phase reactions.
Answer:
Consider a reaction in which n1 moles of gaseous reactant in initial state change to n2 moles of gaseous product in the final state.
Let H1, U1, P1, V1 and H2, U2, P2, V2 represent enthalpies, internal energies, pressures and volumes in the initial and final states respectively then,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 11
The heat of reaction is given by enthalpy change ΔH as,
ΔH = H2 – H1
By definition, H = U + PV
∴ H1 = U1 + P1V1 and H2 = U2+ P2V2
∴ ΔH = (U2 + P2V2) – (U1 + P1V1)
= (U2 – U1) + (P2V2 – P1V1)
Now, ΔU = U2 – U1
Since PV = nRT,
For initial state, P1V1= n1RT
For final state, P2V2 = n2RT
∴ P2V2 – P1V1 = n2RT – n1RT
= (n2 – n1) RT
= ΔnRT
where Δn
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 12
∴ ΔH = ΔU + ΔnRT
If QP and QV are the heats involved in the reaction at constant pressure and constant volume respectively, then since QP = ΔH and QV = ΔU.
∴ QP = QV = ΔnRT

Question iii.
State Hess’s law of constant heat summation. Illustrate with an example. State its applications.
Answer:
Statement of law of constant heat summation : It states that, the heat of a reaction or the enthalpy change in a chemical reaction depends upon initial state of reactants and final state of products and independent of the path by which the reaction is brought about (i.e. in single step or in series of steps).
OR
Heat of reaction is same whether it is carried out in one step or in several steps.
Explanation :
Consider the formation of CO2(g).
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 13
Hess’s law treats thermochemical equations mathematically i.e., they can be added, subtracted or multiplied by numerical factors like algebraic equations.

Applications : Hess’s law is used for :

  1. To calculate heat of formation, combustion, neutralisation, ionization, etc.
  2. To calculate the heat of reactions which may not take place normally or directly.
  3. To calculate heats of extremely slow or fast reactions.
  4. To calculate enthalpies of reactants and products.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question iv.
Although ∆S for the formation of two moles of water from H2 and O2 is -327 JK-1, it is spontaneous. Explain. (Given ∆H for the reaction is -572 kJ).
Answer:
Given : ΔS= -327 JK-1; ΔH = -572 kJ
ΔG = ΔH – TΔS, and ΔH << ΔS
∴ ΔG < 0, and hence the formation of H2O(l) is spontaneous.

Question v.
Obtain the relation between ∆G and ∆STotal. Comment on spontaneity of the reaction.
Answer:
(i) Gibbs free energy, G is defined as,
G = H – TS
where H is the enthalpy, S is the entropy of the system at absolute temperature T.
Since H, T and S are state functions, G is a state function and a thermodynamic function.

(ii) At constant temperature and pressure, change in free energy ΔG for the system is represented as, ∆G = ∆H – T∆S
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 14
This is called Gibbs free energy equation for ∆G. In this ∆S is total entropy change, i.e., ∆STotal.

(iii) The SI units of ∆G are J or kJ (or Jmol-1 or kJmol-1).
The c.g.s. units of ∆G are cal or kcal (or cal mol-1 or kcal mol-1.)

The second law explains the conditions of spontaneity as below :
(i) ∆Stotal > 0 and ∆G < 0, the process is spontaneous.
(ii) ∆Stotal < 0 and ∆G > 0, the process is nonspontaneous.
(iii) ∆Stotal = 0 and ∆G = 0, the process is at equilibrium.

Question vi.
One mole of an ideal gas is compressed from 500 cm3 against a constant external pressure of 1.2 × 105 Pa. The work involved in the process is 36.0 J. Calculate the final volume.
Answer:
Given : V1 = 500 cm3 = 0.5 dm3;
Pex = 1.2 × 105 Pa = 1.2 bar; W= 36 J;
1 dm3 bar = 100 J; V2 = ?
W = -Pex (V2 – V1)
36 J = – 1.2 (V2 – 0.5) dm3 bar
= -1.2 × 100 (V2 – 0.5) J
∴ V2 – 0.5 = \(\frac{-36}{1.2 \times 100}=-0.3\)
∴ V2 = 0.5 -0.3 = 0.2 dm3 = 200 cm3
Ans. Final volume = 200 cm3.

Question vii.
Calculate the maximum work when 24g of O2 are expanded isothermally and reversibly from the pressure of 1.6 bar to 1 bar at 298 K.
Answer:
Given : W02 = 24 g, P1 = 1.6 bar, P2 = 1 bar
T = 298 K, Wmax = ?
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 15

Question viii.
Calculate the work done in the decomposition of 132 g of NH4NO3 at 100 °C.
NH4NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2 H2O(g)
State whether work is done on the system or by the system.
Answer:
NH44NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2 H2O(g)
mNH4NO3 = 132 g; MNH4NO3 = 80 g mol-1
T = 273 + 100 = 373 K; Δn = ?
For the reaction,
Δn = Σn2 gaseous products – Σn1 gaseous reactants
= 3 – 0 = 3 mol
Since there is an increase in number of gaseous moles, the work is done by the system.
nNH4NO3 = \(\frac{m_{\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{NO}_{3}}}{M_{\mathrm{NH}_{4} \mathrm{NO}_{3}}}\)
= \(\frac{132}{80}\)
= 1.65 mol
For 1 mol NH4NO3(s) Δn = 3 mol
∴ For 1.65 mol NH4NO3(s) Δn = 3 × 1.65 = 4.95 mol
W = -ΔnRT = -4.95 × 8.314 × 373
= – 15350 J
= – 15.35 kJ
Ans. Work is done by the system.
Work done = – 15.35 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question ix.
Calculate standard enthalpy of reaction,
Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) → 2 Fe(s) + 3CO2(g),
from the following data.
fH0(Fe2O3) = -824 kJ/mol,
fH0(CO) = -110 kJ/mol,
fH0(CO2) = -393 kJ/mol
Answer:
Given : ∆fH0Fe2O3 = -824 kJ/mol-1;
fH0(CO) = – 110 kJ mol-1
fH0(CO2) = – 393 kJ/mol-1; ∆fH0 = ?
Required equation,
Fe2O3(s) + 3CO(g) → 2Fe(s) + 3CO2(g)
∆H1 = ? – (I)
Given equations :
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 16
= -(-824) -3 (-110) + 3(-393)
= 824 + 330 – 1179
fH0 = -25 kJ
Ans. ∆fH0 = -25 kJ

Question x.
For a certain reaction ∆H0 =219 kJ and ∆S0 = -21 J/K. Determine whether the reaction is spontaneous or nonspontaneous.
Answer:
Given : ∆H0 = 219 kJ; ∆S0 = -21 J/K, ∆G0 = ?
For standard state, T = 298 K
∆G0 = ∆H0 – T∆S0
= 219 – 298 × (-21) × 10-3
= 219 + 6.258
= 225.3 kJ
Since ∆S < 0 and ∆G0 > 0, the reaction is non-spontaneous.

Question xi.
Determine whether the following reaction is spontaneous under standard state conditions.
2 H2O(l) + O2(g) → 2H2O2(l)
if ∆H0 = 196 kJ, ∆S0 = -126 J/K
Does it have a cross-over temperature?
Answer:
Given : 2H2O(l) + O2(g) → 2H2O2(l)
∆H0 = +196 kJ
∆S0 = -126 JK-1 =0.126 kj K-1
T= 298 K
∆G0 = ?
Cross over temperature = T = ?
∆G0 = ∆H0 – T∆S0
= 196 – 298 (-0.126)
= 196 + 37.55
= + 233.55 kJ
∵ ∆G0 > 0, the reaction is non-spontaneous.
∆H0 > 0, ∆S0 < 0,
Since at all temperatures, ∆G0 > 0, there is no cross over temperature.
Ans. The reaction is non-spontaneous.
There is no cross-over temperature for the reaction.

Question xii.
Calculate ∆U at 298 K for the reaction,
C2H4(g) + HCl(g) → C2H5Cl(g), ∆H = -72.3 kJ
How much PV work is done?
Answer:
Given : C2H4(g) + HCl(g) → C2H5Cl(g)
T = 298 K; ∆H = -72.3 kJ; PV = ?;
∆U = ?
∆n = Σn2gaseous products – Σn1gaseous reactants
= 1 – (1 + 1)= -1 mol
For PV work :
W = -∆nRT
= – (- 1) × 8.314 × 298
= 2478 J = 2.478 kJ
∆H = ∆U + ∆nRT
∴ ∆U = ∆H – ∆nRT
= – 72.3 – (-2.478)
= – 69.82 kJ
Ans. PV work = 2.478 kJ
∆U = -69.82 kJ

Question xiii.
Calculate the work done during synthesis of NH3 in which volume changes from 8.0 dm3 to 4.0 dm3 at a constant external pressure of 43 bar. In what direction the work energy flows?
Answer:
Given : V1 = 8.0 dm3; V2 = 4.0 dm3; Pex = 43 bar
W = ? What direction work energy flows ?
W = -Pex(V2 – V1)
= -43 (4 – 8)
= 172 dm3 bar
= 172 × 100 J
= 17200 J
= 17.2 kJ
In this compression process, the work is done on the system and work energy flows into the system.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question xiv.
Calculate the amount of work done in the
(a) oxidation of 1 mole HCl(g) at 200 °C according to reaction.
4HCl(g) + O2(g) → 2 Cl2(g) + 2 H2O(g)
(b) decomposition of one mole of NO at 300 °C for the reaction
2 NO(g) → N2(g) + O2
Answer:
Given :
(a) 4HCl(g) + O2(g) → 2Cl2(g) + 2H2O(g)
nHCl = 1 mol; T = 273 + 200 = 473 K, W = ?
For 4 mol HCl ∆n = (2 + 2) – (4 + 1) = – 1 mol
∴ For 1 mol HCl ∆n = –\(\frac {1}{4}\) = -0.25 mol
W = -∆nRT = – (-0.25) × 8.314 × 473 = 983.11
(b) ∆n = (1 + 1) – 2 = 0 mol
W = -∆nRT = -(0) × 8.314 × 473 = 0
Ans. (a) W = 983.1 J
(b) W = 0.0 J

Question xv.
When 6.0 g of O2 reacts with CIF as per
2CIF(g) + O2(g) → Cl2O(g) + OF2(g)
The enthalpy change is 38.55 kJ. What is standard enthalpy of the reaction ?
Answer:
Given : The given reaction is for 1 mol O2 or 32 g O2.
∵ For 6.0 g O2
∆ H0 = 38.55 kJ
∴ For 32 g O2
∆ H0 = \(\frac{32 \times 38.55}{6}\)
= 205.6 kJ
Ans. ∆H0 = 205.6 kJ

Question xvi.
Calculate the standard enthalpy of formation of CH3OH(l) from the following data:
i. CH3OH(l) + \(\frac {3}{2}\) O2(g) → CO2(g) + 2H2O(l), ∆H0 = -726 kJ mol-1
ii. C (Graphite) + O2(g) → CO2(g), ∆cH0 = -393 kJ mol-1
iii. H2(g) + \(\frac {1}{2}\) O2(g) → H2O(l), ∆fH0 = -286 kJ mol-1
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 17
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 18
∴ ∆H0
= –\(\Delta H_{2}^{0}\) + \(\Delta H_{3}^{0}\) + 2∆\(\Delta H_{4}^{0}\)
= – (- 726) + (- 393) + 2(- 286)
= 726 – 393 – 572
= – 239 kJ mol-1
Ans. Standard enthalpy of formation = ∆fH0= -239 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Question xvii.
Calculate ∆H0 for the following reaction at 298 K
H2B4O7(s) + H2O(l) → 4HBO2(aq)
i. 2H3BO3(aq) → B2O3(s) + 3H2O(l), ∆H0 = 14.4 kJ mol-1
ii. H3BO3(aq) → HBO2(aq) + H2O(l), ∆H0 = -0.02 kJ mol-1
iii. H2B4O7(s) → 2B2O3(s) + H2O(l), ∆H0 = 17.3 kJ mol-1
Answer:
Given equations :
i. 2H3BO3(aq) → B2O3(s) + 3H2O(l), ……….(i)
∆H0 = 14.4 kJ mol-1
ii. H3BO3(aq) → HBO2(aq) + H2O(l) ……….(ii)
∆H0 = -0.02 kJ mol-1
iii. H2B4O7(s) → 2B2O3(s) + H2O(l), ……….(iii)
∆H0 = 17.3 kJ mol-1
Required equation :
(iv) H2B4O7(s) + H2O(l) → 4HBO2(aq) ……. (iv)
\(\Delta H_{4}^{0}=?\)
To obtain eq. (iv) add 4 times equation (ii) and eq.
(iii) and subtract 2 times equation (i).
∴ eq. (iv) = 4 eq. (ii) + eq. (iii) – 2eq. (i)
∴ \(\Delta H_{4}^{0}=4 \Delta H_{2}^{0}+\Delta H_{3}^{0}-2 \Delta H_{1}^{0}\)
= 4(-0.02) + 17.3 – 2(14.4)
= -0.08 + 17.3 – 28.8
= -11.58 kJ
∴ Enthalpy change for the reaction
= ∆rH0 = -11.58 kJ
Ans. ∆rH0 for the given reaction = -11.58 kJ

Question xviii.
Calculate the total heat required (a) to melt 180 g of ice at 0 °C, (b) heat it to 100 °C and then (c) vapourise it at that temperature. Given ∆fusH(ice) = 6.01 kJ mol-1 at 0 °C, ∆vapH(H2O) = 40.7 kJ mol-1 at 100 °C specific heat of water is 4.18 J g-1 K-1.
Answer:
Given : Mass of ice = m = 180 g
T1 = 273 + 0 °C = 273 K
T2 = 273 + 100 °C = 373 K
fusH(ice) = ∆fusH(H2O)(s) = 6.01 kJ mol-1
vapHH2O(l) = 40.7 kJ mol-1
Specific heat of water = C = 4.18 J g-1 K-1
For converting 180 g ice into vapour, ∆ HTotal = ?
Number of moles of H2O = \(\frac {180}{18}\) = 10 mol
The total process can be represented as,
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics 19
(i) ∆H1 = ∆fusH = 10 mol × 6.01 kJ mol-1
= 60.1 kJ
(ii) When the temperature of water is raised from 0 °C to 100 °C (i.e., 273 K to 373 K), then
∆ H2 = m × C × ∆T
= m × C × (T2 – T1)
= 180 g × 4.18 Jg-1K-1 × (373 – 273) × 10-3 kJ = 75.24 kJ
∆ H3 = ∆vapH = 10 mol × 40.7 kJ mol-1 = 407 kJ
Hence total enthalpy change,
∆ HTotal = ∆H1 + ∆H2 + ∆H3
= 60.1 + 75.24 + 407
= 542.34 kJ
Ans. Total heat required = 542.34 kJ

Question xix.
The enthalpy change for the reaction,
C2H4(g) + H2(g) → C2H6(g)
is -620 J when 100 ml of ethylene and 100 mL of H2 react at 1 bar pressure. Calculate the pressure volume type of work and ∆U for the reaction.
Answer:
Given :
\(\begin{aligned}
&\mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{4(\mathrm{~g})}+\mathrm{H}_{2(\mathrm{~g})} \longrightarrow \mathrm{C}_{2} \mathrm{H}_{6(\mathrm{~g})} \\
&100 \mathrm{~mL} \quad 100 \mathrm{ml} \quad 100 \mathrm{ml}
\end{aligned}\)
∆H = – 620 J; VC2H4 = 100 mL; VH2 = 100 mL
Pex= 1 bar; W=?; ∆U = ?
∆V = 100 – (100 + 100) = -100 mL = -0.1 dm3
W = -Pex(V2 – V1)
= -Pex × ∆V
= -1 × (-0.1)
= 0.1 dm3 bar
= 0.1 × 100 J
= +10 J
∆H = ∆U + P∆V
∴ ∆U = ∆H – P∆V = -620 – (+10) = -610 J
Ans. W = +10 J; ∆U = -610 J

Question xx.
Calculate the work done and comment on whether work is done on or by the system for the decomposition of 2 moles of NH4NO3 at 100 °C
NH4NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2H2O(g)
Answer:
Given : NH4NO3(s) → N2O(g) + 2H2O(g)
nNH4NO3 = 2 mol; T = 273 + 100 = 373 K
W = ? Comment on work = ?
∆nreaction = (1 + 2) – 0 = 3 mol
∵ For 1 mol of NH4NO3 ∆nreaction = 3 mol
∴ For 2 mol of NH4NO3 ∆nreaction = 6 mol
Due to 6 moles of gaseous products from 2 mol NH4NO3, there is work of expansion, hence work is done by the system.
W = -∆nRT
= – 6 × 8.314 × 373 = -18606 J
= -18.606 kJ
Ans. Work is done by the system.
W= -18.606 kJ

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

12th Chemistry Digest Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics Intext Questions and Answers

(Textbook page No. 73)

Question 1.
Under what conditions ∆H = ∆U ?
Answer:
(a) ∆H = ∆U + P∆V
when ∆V = 0, ∆H = ∆U
(b) ∆H = ∆U + ∆nRT
when ∆n = 0, ∆H = ∆U

Try this… (Textbook page No. 71)

Question 1.
25 kJ of work is done on the system and it releases 10 kJ of heat. What is ∆U?
Answer:
W = 25 kJ; Q= -10 kJ
∆U = Q + W = -10 + 25
∆U = + 15 kJ

Try this… (Textbook page No. 75)

Question 1.
For KCl, ∆LH = 699 kJ/mol-1 and ∆hydH = -681.8 kJ/mol-1. What will be its enthalpy of solution?
Answer:
Enthalpy of solution :
solnH = ∆LH + ∆hydH
= 699 + (-681.8)
solnH = +17.2 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Try this… (Textbook page No. 76)

Question 1.
Given the thermochemical equation,
C2H2(g) + \(\frac {5}{2}\) O2(g) → 2CO2(g)+ H2O(l), ∆rH0 = -1300 kJ
Write thermochemical equations when
i. Coefficients of substances are multiplied by 2.
ii. equation is reversed.
Answer:
(i) 2C2H2(g) + 5O2(g) → 4CO2(g) + 2H2O(l)
rH0 = -2 × 1300 kJ
= – 2600 kJ
(ii) 2CO2(g) + H2O(l) → C2H2(g) + \(\frac {5}{2}\)O2(g)
rH0 = +1300 KJ

Try this… (Textbook page No. 78)

Question 1.
(i) Write thermochemical equation for complete oxidation of one mole of H2(g). Standard enthalpy change of the reaction is -286 kJ.
(ii) Is the value -286 kJ, enthalpy of formation or enthalpy of combustion or both? Explain.
Answer:
(i) H2(g) + \(\frac {1}{2}\)O2(g) → H2O(l) ∆cH0 = -286 KJ mol-1
(ii) The value -286 kJ is the standard enthalpy of formation of H2O(l) or standard enthalpy of combustion of H2(g).

Question 2.
Write equation for bond enthalpy of Cl-Cl bond in Cl2 molecule ∆rH0 for dissociation of Cl2 molecule is 242.7 kJ.
Answer:
Equation for bond enthalpy :
Cl2(g) → 2Cl(g)rH0 = 242.7 kJ mol-1
∴ Bond enthalpy of Cl2 = 242.7 kJ mol-1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Chemistry Solutions Chapter 4 Chemical Thermodynamics

Try this… (Textbook page No. 82)

Question 1.
State whether ∆S is positive, negative or zero for the following reactions.
i. 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l)
ii. CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g)
Answer:
(i) 2H2(g) + O2(g) → 2H2O(l)
Since the system is converted from gaseous state to a liquid state, the disorder is decreased, hence ∆S < O (negative).

(ii) CaCO3(s) → CaO(s) + CO2(g)
Since molecules of solid CaCO3 break giving gaseous CO2, disorder is increased hence ∆S > O (positive).

12th Std Chemistry Questions And Answers:

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Commerce Book Keeping & Accountancy Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Book Keeping & Accountancy Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

I. Objective Questions:

A. Select the most appropriate alternatives from the following and rewrite the sentences:

Question 1.
When there is no partnership agreement between partners, the division of profits takes place in ____________ ratio.
(a) equal
(b) capital ratio
(c) initial contribution
(d) experience and tenure of partners
Answer:
(a) equal

Question 2.
To find out Net Profit or Net Loss of the business ____________ Account is prepared.
(a) Trading
(b) Capital
(c) Current
(d) Profit & Loss
Answer:
(d) Profit & Loss

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 3.
A ____________ is an Intangible Asset.
(a) Goodwill
(b) Stock
(c) Cash
(d) Furniture
Answer:
(a) Goodwill

Question 4.
In the absence of an agreement, interest on a loan advanced by the partner to the firm is allowed at the rate of ____________
(a) 5%
(b) 6%
(c) 10%
(d) 9%
Answer:
(b) 6%

Question 5.
Liability of partners in a partnership business is ____________
(a) limited
(b) unlimited
(c) limited and unlimited
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) unlimited

Question 6.
The Indian Partnership Act is in force since ____________
(a) 1932
(b) 1881
(c) 1956
(d) 1984
Answer:
(a) 1932

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 7.
Maximum number of Partners in a firm are ____________ according to Companies Act, 2013.
(a) 10
(b) 25
(c) 20
(d) 50
Answer:
(d) 50

B. Write the word/phrase/term, which can substitute each of the following statements.

Question 1.
Persons who form the partnership firm.
Answer:
Partners

Question 2.
Amount of cash or goods withdrawn by partners from the business from time to time.
Answer:
Drawings

Question 3.
An association of two or more persons according to Indian Partnership Act 1932.
Answer:
Partnership firm

Question 4.
Act under which partnership firms are regulated.
Answer:
Indian Partnership Act

Question 5.
Process of entering the name of the partnership firm in the register of the Registrar.
Answer:
Registration

Question 6.
Partnership agreement in written form.
Answer:
Partnership Deed

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 7.
Under this method capital, balances of partners remain constant.
Answer:
Fixed Capital Method

Question 8.
Proportion in which partners share profit.
Answer:
Profit-Sharing Ratio

Question 9.
Such a capital method in which only Capital Account is maintained for each partner.
Answer:
Fluctuating Capital Method

Question 10.
The account to which all adjustments are made when capital is fixed.
Answer:
Current Account

Question 11.
Expenses that are paid before they are due.
Answer:
Prepaid expenses

Question 12.
The accounts are prepared at the end of each accounting year.
Answer:
Final Accounts

Question 13.
An asset that can be converted into cash easily.
Answer:
Current Assets or Liquid Assets

Question 14.
Order in which fixed assets are recorded first in the Balance Sheet.
Answer:
Order of liquidation

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 15.
The account in which selling expenses of the business are recorded.
Answer:
Profit and Loss Account

Question 16.
Debit balance of Trading Account.
Answer:
Gross loss

Question 17.
The credit balance of Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Net profit

C. State whether the following statements are True or False with reasons:

Question 1.
A partnership firm is a Non-Trading concern.
Answer:
This statement is False.
The main aim of a partnership firm Is to earn maximum profit. The partnership is a trading concern. It undertakes either manufacturing or distributive activities with the sole aim of earning profit and distribute that profit among the partners in a specific ratio. It is never formed for charitable purposes.

Question 2.
A profit and Loss Account is a Real Account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Account of expenses, losses, gains, and incomes is called a Nominal account. The profit and Loss Account contains all indirect expenses and indirect incomes of the firm. Therefore, a Profit and Loss Account is a Nominal Account and not a real account.

Question 3.
Carriage inward is carriage on purchase.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Total transport expenses incurred on bringing the goods from market to the place of business is called the carriage. When goods are purchased, the carriage is supposed to be borne by the firm. It is known as carriage inward. It means carriage paid on purchase.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 4.
Adjustments are recorded in Partners Current Account in Fixed Capital Method.
Answer:
This statement is True.
In Fixed Capital Method, as the name suggests capital balances (opening and closing) are generally remain fixed. Under this method, adjustments are not to be recorded in Capital Account. All adjustments are recorded in a separate account called Partners’ Current Accounts.

Question 5.
Prepaid expenses are treated as liabilities.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Prepaid expenses are expenses that are paid before they are due. Therefore, they are considered an asset of the business organization.

Question 6.
If the partnership deed is silent, partners share profits and losses in proportion to their capital.
Answer:
This statement is False.
As per the provisions made under the Indian Partnership Act 1932, when a partnership deed is silent about profit and loss sharing ratio, partners are supposed to share profits and losses in equal proportion, and not in their capital ratio.

Question 7.
Balance Sheet is an Account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
A financial statement showing all assets and liabilities is called a Balance sheet. It is not an account. It is a position statement that shows various assets owned by the firm and various liabilities owned by it. On the left-hand side, all liabilities are listed and on the right-hand side, all assets are recorded.

Question 8.
Wages paid for the installation of machinery is a Revenue expenditure.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Wages paid for the installation of machinery is a capital expenditure and therefore it is added to the cost of machinery. It is generally, paid once in a life of an asset. It is a long-term and capital expenditure.

Question 9.
Income received in advance is a liability.
Answer:
This statement is True.
When Income in respect to next year, it received in the current year, it is known as income received in advance. So, in next year firm will not be able to receive that amount and therefore it is considered as a liability for the current year.

Question 10.
R.D.D. is created on Creditors.
Answer:
This statement is Raise.
R.D.D. stands for Reserve for Doubtful Debts. It is created on the value of debtors. Such provision is made against profit and loss accounts. In the future, if the loss is incurred on account of bad debts, such an amount is used to run the business.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 11.
Depreciation is not calculated on Current Assets.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Current Assets mean liquid assets having no fixed tenure therefore depreciation cannot be calculated on it. Depreciation is calculated and charged on fixed assets for their use, wear and tear, etc.

Question 12.
Goodwill is an intangible asset.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Goodwill is a reputation of business computed in terms of money. Reputation can be experienced but can’t be seen or felt. Therefore, Goodwill is an intangible asset.

Question 13.
Indirect expenses are debited to Trading Account.
Answer:
This statement is Raise.
Indirect expenses mean expenses that are not directly related to the production of goods and services. Therefore, indirect expenses cannot be debited to Trading Account. All indirect expenses are debited to the Profit and Loss Account.

Question 14.
A bank loan is a current liability.
Answer:
This statement is Raise.
A loan usually taken for the period of more than 1 year say 5 years from the bank is called Bank Loan. It is a long term loan. It is not repaid within 1 year but paid in installments over a number of years. It might be paid in lumpsum at the expiry of the term.

Question 15.
Net profit is the debit balance of Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
This statement is Raise.
In a Profit and Loss Account, when the credit side total i.e. a total of incomes is more than the debit side total, i.e. expenses it is known as a credit balance. When incomes exceed expenses there is profit. Therefore credit balance of the Profit and Loss Account indicates net profit.

D. Find an odd one.

Question 1.
Wages, Salary, Royalty, Import Duty
Answer:
Salary

Question 2.
Postage, Stationery, Advertising, Purchases
Answer:
Purchases

Question 3.
Capital, Bills Receivable, Reserve fund, Bank overdraft
Answer:
Bills Receivable

Question 4.
Building, Machinery, Furniture, Bills Payable
Answer:
Bill Payable

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 5.
Discount received, Dividend received, Interest received, Depreciation
Answer:
Depreciation

E. Complete the sentences.

Question 1.
Partners share profits & losses in ____________ ratio in the absence of partnership deed.
Answer:
equal

Question 2.
Registration of partnership is ____________ in India.
Answer:
optional

Question 3.
Partnership business must be ____________
Answer:
lawful

Question 4.
Liabilities of partners in partnership firm is ____________
Answer:
unlimited

Question 5.
The balance of the Drawings Account of a partner is transferred to his ____________ account under the Fixed Capital Method.
Answer:
Current

Question 6.
The interest on capital of a partner is debited to ____________ account.
Answer:
Profit and Loss

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 7.
Partners are ____________ liable for the debts of the firm.
Answer:
joint & several

Question 8.
Partnership Deed is an ____________ of Partnership.
Answer:
Article

Question 9.
The withdrawal by the partner for personal use from the firm is ____________ to his account.
Answer:
debited

Question 10.
Commission payable to partner is ____________ to the firm.
Answer:
liability/outstanding expense

Question 11.
When partners adopt Fixed Capital Method then they have to operate ____________ Account.
Answer:
Partner’s Current

Question 12.
If the partners Current Account shows ____________ balance it is shown to the Liability side of the Balance Sheet.
Answer:
credit

Question 13.
The expenses paid for trading purpose are known as ____________ expenses.
Answer:
trade

Question 14.
Cash receipts which are recurring in nature are called as ____________ Receipts.
Answer:
Revenue

Question 15.
Return outward are deducted from ____________
Answer:
purchase

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 16.
Expenses which are paid before due date are called as ____________
Answer:
Prepaid Expenses

Question 17.
Assets which are held in the business for a long period are called ____________
Answer:
Fixed Assets

Question 18.
Trading Account is prepared on the basis of ____________ expenses.
Answer:
direct

Question 19.
When commission is allowed to any partner, it is ____________ of the business.
Answer:
expenditure

Question 20.
When goods are distributed as free samples, it is treated as ____________ of the business.
Answer:
advertisement expense

F. Answer in one sentence only:

Question 1.
What is Fluctuating Capital?
Answer:
When capital balances of the partners go on changing every year due to transactions of partners with the firm, it is known as Fluctuating Capital.

Question 2.
Why is Partnership Deed necessary?
Answer:
Partnership Deed is necessary to prevent disputes or misunderstandings among the partners in the future.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 3.
If the Partnership Deed is silent, in which ratio, the partners will share the profit or loss?
Answer:
If the Partnership Deed is silent, partners will share profits and losses in equal ratio.

Question 4.
What is the Fixed Capital Method?
Answer:
Fixed Capital Method is one in which capital balances of the partners remain the same at the end of every financial year unless any amount of additional capital is introduced or part of the capital is withdrawn by the partner from the business.

Question 5.
How many partners are required to form a partnership firm?
Answer:
Minimum two persons are required to form a partnership firm.

Question 6.
What is Partnership Deed?
Answer:
A partnership deed is a written agreement duly stamped and signed document containing the terms and conditions of the partnership.

Question 7.
What are the objectives of the Partnership Firm?
Answer:
To earn a maximum profit is the main objective of the partnership firm.

Question 8.
What rate of interest is allowed on a partner’s loan in the absence of an agreement?
Answer:
6 % is the rate of interest to be allowed on a partner’s loan in the absence of an agreement.

Question 9.
What is the minimum number of partners in a partnership firm according to the Indian Partnership Act 1932?
Answer:
Minimum two persons are required a number of partners in a partnership firm according to Indian Partnership Act 1932.

Question 10.
What is the liability of a partner?
Answer:
The liability of a partner (except minor partner) is unlimited.

Question 11.
In the absence of Partnership Deed, what is the rate of interest on a loan advanced by the partner to the firm is allowed?
Answer:
In the absence of Partnership Deed, 6% is the rate of interest on a loan advanced by the partner to the firm.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 12.
What do you mean by pre-received income?
Answer:
Income that is received by the partnership firm before it is due is called pre-received income.

Question 13.
What is the effect of the adjustment of provision for discount on debtors in the final accounts of partnership?
Answer:
The effects of the adjustment of provision for discount on debtors in the final accounts of partnership are as follows:
Debit Profit and Loss A/c and deduct the amount of provision for discount on debtors from the number of debtors.

Question 14.
When are the Partners Current Account is opened?
Answer:
When Fixed Capital Method is adopted by the firm, Partners’s Current Account is opened.

Question 15.
As per which principle of accounting, closing stock is valued at cost price or at market price whichever is less?
Answer:
As per the Conservatism principle of accounting, the closing stock is valued at cost price or at market price whichever is less.

Question 16.
What is the provision of the Indian Partnership Act with regard to Interest on Capital?
Answer:
As per the provision of the Indian Partnership Act, Interest in Capital is not to be allowed.

Question 17.
Why is the Balance Sheet prepared?
Answer:
The Balance Sheet is prepared to know the financial position of the business in the form of its assets and liabilities on a particular date.

Question 18.
Why wages paid for the installation of machinery are not shown in Trading Account?
Answer:
Wages paid for the installation of machinery is a capital expenditure and it is not to be recorded in Trading Account.

Question 19.
What do you mean by indirect incomes?
Answer:
All incomes other than direct incomes are called indirect incomes.
[e.g. Interest received on investments, Incomes like discount, commission, dividend, rent, etc. received].

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 20.
Why partners capital is treated as a long-term liability of business?
Answer:
Partner’s Capital is not refunded during the existence of the partnership firm unless the partner is retired or expired.

G. Do you agree/disagree with the following statements:

Question 1.
When Partnership Deed is silent, partners share profits of the firm according to capital ratio.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 2.
The current Account always shows a debit balance.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 3.
It is compulsory to have a partnership agreement in writing.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 4.
Partnership Firm is a trading concern.
Answer:
Agree

Question 5.
Interest in the capital is an expenditure for the partnership firm.
Answer:
Agree

Question 6.
A partnership is an association of two or more persons.
Answer:
Agree

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 7.
Partners are entitled to get a Salary or Commission.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 8.
The balance of the Capital Account remains constant under Fixed Capital Method.
Answer:
Agree

Question 9.
The Indian Partnership Act came into existence in the year 1945.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 10.
Profit and Loss Account reflects the true financial position.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 11.
The amount borrowed by a partner from his business will be debited to the Current Account.
Answer:
Agree

Question 12.
Sold but undispatched goods must be part of the valuation of closing stock.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 13.
Carriage inward is a selling and distribution overhead.
Answer:
Disagree

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 14.
Gross profit is an operating profit.
Answer:
Disagree

Question 15.
All financial expenditures are debited to the Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Agree

Question 16.
Free distribution of goods is debited to Trading Account.
Answer:
Disagree

H. Calculate the following:

Question 1.
Undervaluation of closing stock by 10%, closing stock was ₹ 30,000. Find out the value of the closing stock.
Solution:
Undervaluation of closing stock by 10 %
Revised value = \(\frac{\text { Book value }}{100-\% \text { of undervaluation }} \times 100\)
= \(\frac{30,000}{100-10} \times 100\)
= ₹ 33,333.
∴ Value of closing stock = ₹ 33,333.

Question 2.
Calculate 12.5% P.A. depreciation on Furniture:
(a) on ₹ 220,000 for 1 year
(b) on ₹ 10,000 for 6 months
Solution:
Depreciation = Amount of asset × Period × %
(a) Depreciation on furniture = 220,000 × 1 × \(\frac{12.5}{100}\) = ₹ 27,500
∴ Deprecation on furniture for 1 year = ₹ 27,500

(b) Depreciation on furniture = 10,000 × \(\frac{6}{12} \times \frac{12.5}{100}\) = ₹ 625
∴ Depreciation on furniture for 6 months = ₹ 625

Question 3.
The insurance premium is paid for the year ending on 1st September 2019 amounted to ₹ 1500. Calculate prepaid insurance assuming that the year-end is 31st March 2019.
Solution:
From 31st March to 1st September, 5 months period prepaid insurance amount we have to find.
An insurance premium paid for the 12 months = ₹ 1500
∴ for 5 months period it is 1500 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = ₹ 625
Thus, prepaid insurance premium amount = ₹ 625.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 4.
Find out Gross Profit/Gross Loss: Purchases ₹ 30,000, Sales ₹ 15,000, Carriage inward ₹ 2400, Opening stock ₹ 10,000, Purchase return ₹ 1000, Closing stock ₹ 36,000.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts H Q4

Question 5.
A borrowed loan from Bank of Maharashtra ₹ 2,00,000 on 1st October 2019 @15 % p.a. Calculate interest on a bank loan for the year 2019 – 20 assuming that the financial year ends on 31st March, every year.
Solution:
From 1st October to 31st March, 6 months period interest on loan is to be calculated.
Interest (I) = \(\frac{\text { PRN }}{100}\)
∴ Interest on loan = 2,00,000 × \(\frac{15}{100} \times \frac{6}{12}\) = ₹ 15,000
∴ Interest on loan on ₹ 2,00,000 for 6 months = ₹ 15,000

Practical Problems

Question 1.
Amitbhai and Narendrabhai are in Partnership Sharing Profits and Losses equally. From the following Trial Balance and Adjustments given below, you are required to prepare the Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as of that date.

Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q1
Adjustments:
1. Stock on hand on 31st March 2019 was valued at ₹ 43,000.
2. Uninsured goods worth ₹ 8,000 were stolen.
3. Create R.D.D. at 2 % on sundry debtors.
4. Mr. Patil, our customer becomes insolvent and could not pay his debts of ₹ 500.
5. Outstanding Expenses – Rent ₹ 800 and salaries ₹ 300.
6. Depreciate Factory Building by ₹ 2,500 and Furniture by ₹ 1,800.
Solution:
In the books of Amitbhai and Narendrabhai
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q1.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q1.2
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q1.3
Notes:
1. Import duty, Motive power, and Depreciation on Factory building are recorded in the Trading A/c.

2. 10% govt, the bond is an investment. It was purchased on 1 – 10 – 2018.
∴ Interest is calculated for six months.
Interest on Govt. Bond = \(\frac{40,000}{1} \times \frac{6}{12} \times \frac{10}{100}\) = ₹ 2,000

3. Adv. exp. paid for 2 years from 01 – 01 – 2019. Upto 31 – 3 – 2019, 3 months adv. exp. is written off to Profit and Loss A/c. It is calculated as below:
= 10,000 × \(\frac{3}{24}\) = ₹ 1,250
∴ Prepaid adv. exp. = 10,000 – 1,250 = ₹ 8,750

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 2.
From the following Trial Balance of M/s Mitesh and Mangesh, you are required to prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as of that date.

Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2
Adjustments:
1. Mitesh and Mangesh are sharing profit and losses in the ratio 3 : 1.
2. Partners are entitled to get commission @ 1% each on gross profit.
3. The closing stock is valued at ₹ 23,700.
4. Outstanding Expenses – Audit fees ₹ 400; Carriage ₹ 600.
5. Building is valued at ₹ 46,500.
6. Furniture is depreciated by 5%.
7. Provide interest on partner’s capital at 2.5% p.a.
8. Goods of ₹ 900 were taken by Mangesh for his personal use.
9. Write off ₹ 1,000 as Bad debts and maintain R.D.D. at 3 % on Sundry Debtors.
Solution:
In the books of M/s Mitesh and Mangesh
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2.1
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2.2
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2.3
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2.4
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q2.5
Working Notes:
1. In this problem, Current Account balances are given. So, the total amount of fixed capital is directly shown in the Liabilities side of the Balance Sheet. Effects of adjustments related to commission to partners, interest on capital, goods are withdrawn by Mangesh are given in the Current Account. Closing balances of the Current Account are shown separately on the Liability side of the Balance Sheet.

2. Building is valued at ₹ 46,500 whereas the opening balance of Building given is ₹ 48,500. Therefore, a difference of the amount of ₹ 2,000 (48,500 – 46,500) is nothing but Depreciation charged on Building.

3. Return Inward ⇒ Sales Return
Return Outward ⇒ Purchase Return

4. Commission payable to partners:
Mitesh = 1% on Gross Profit = \(\frac{1}{100} \times \frac{99,000}{1}\) = ₹ 990/-
Mangesh = 1% on Gross Profit = \(\frac{1}{100}\) × 99,000 = ₹ 990/-

Question 3.
From the following Trial Balance and Adjustments given below of Reena and Aarti, you are required to prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as of that date.
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q3
Adjustments:
1. Closing stock valued at ₹ 22,000.
2. Write off ₹ 900 for bad & doubtful debts and create a provision for reserve for doubtful debts ₹ 1,000.
3. Create a provision for discount on debtors @ 3 % and on creditors @ 5%.
4. Outstanding Expenses – Wages ₹ 700 and Salaries ₹ 800.
5. Insurance is paid for 15 months, w.e.f. 1st April 2018.
6. Depreciate land and building @ 5%.
7. Reena & Aarti are sharing Profits & Losses in their Capital Ratio.
Solution:
In the books of Reena and Aarti
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q3.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q3.2
Working Notes:
1. Insurance premium ₹ 1,500 is paid for 15 months, i.e. prepaid insurance premium for 3 months = ₹ 300.

2. Reserve for Discount on Debtors = 3% on (Debtors – New Bad debts – New Reserve)
= \(\frac{3}{100}\) × (40,000 – 900 – 1,000)
= \(\frac{3}{100}\) × (40,000 – 1,900)
= \(\frac{3}{100}\) × 38,100
= ₹ 1,143

3. Reserve for Discount on Creditors = 5% on (Value of Creditors)
= \(\frac{5}{100}\) × 25,700
= ₹ 1,285

4. Profit and Loss ratio = Capital ratio = 50,000 : 30,000 = 5 : 3

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 4.
From the following Trial Balance of M/s Meera and Madhav. Prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as on that date.
Trial Balance as of 31st March, 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q4
Adjustments:
1. Closing stock is valued at ₹ 32,000.
2. Provide provision for doubtful debts ₹ 2,000.
3. Create a reserve for a discount on debtors @ 3%.
4. Value of leasehold premises on 31st March 2019 ₹ 1,00,000.
5. Outstanding Expenses: Printing & stationery ₹ 500.
Solution:
In the books of M/s Meera and Madhav
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q4.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q4.2
Working Notes:
1. Advertisement expenses written off to Profit and Loss account during the year 2018-19 for six months i.e. from 1/10/18 to 31/03/19.
Advertisement expenses W/off = (Advertisement bill paid) × \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{6}{12}\)
= 4,800 × \(\frac{1}{3} \times \frac{6}{12}\)
= ₹ 800.
Prepaid advertisement = 4,800 – 800 = ₹ 4,000.

2. Reserve for Discount on Debtors = 3% (Balance in debtors)
= \(\frac{3}{100}\) × (80,500 – 2,000)
= \(\frac{3}{100}\) × 78,500
= ₹ 2,355.

3. Difference between the opening balance (₹ 1,10,000) and the closing balance (₹ 1,00,000) for leasehold premises is to be considered as written off on leasehold premises.

Question 5.
Sucheta & Gayatri are partners sharing Profit and Losses in the ratio 3 : 2. From the following Trial Balance and additional information, you are required to prepare Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and Balance Sheet as of that date.
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q5
Adjustments:
1. Stock on 31st March 2019 was valued at ₹ 19,700.
2. Goods costing ₹ 3,000 distributed as a free sample.
3. Motive power includes ₹ 500 paid for deposit of Power Meter.
4. Depreciate building @ 5 %.
5. Write off ₹ 2000 for bad debts and maintain R.D.D. at 3% on debtors.
6. Bills receivable included dishonored of Bill of ₹ 4,000.
Solution:
In the books of Sucheta and Gayatri
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q5.1
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q5.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March, 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q5.3
Working Notes:
1. Rate of interest on the partner’s loan is not mentioned, therefore interest on the loan is calculated at 6% p.a.
∴ Interest on Sucheta’s Loan = 6,150 × 1 × \(\frac{6}{100}\) = ₹ 369
2. Add dishonored bill amount to debtors amount and then calculate B.D. and R.D.D.
3. Subtract dishonored bill amount from bills receivable amount.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 6.
Archana and Prerana are partners, sharing Profits and Losses in the ratio 2 : 1 with the help of the following Trial Balance and Adjustments given below. You are required to prepare a Trading and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and a Balance Sheet as of that date.
Trial Balance as of 31st March, 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q6
Adjustments:
1. Stock on 31st March 2019 is valued at Cost Price ₹ 12,000 and Market Price ₹ 17,000.
2. Our customer Mr. Shekhar failed to pay his dues of ₹ 800.
3. 1/8th of Patents are to be written off.
4. A part of Furniture ₹ 5,000 is purchased on 1st Oct. 2018.
5. Depreciation on Land & Building 10% and on Furniture 5%.
6. Outstanding Expenses Wages ₹ 300 and Electricity Charges ₹ 200.
7. Allow Interest on Capital 3%.
Solution:
In the books of Archana and Prema
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q6.1
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q6.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q6.3
Working Notes:
1. Stationery stock is an asset.
2. Depreciation of furniture:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q6.4
∴ Total Depreciation = 400 + 125 = ₹ 525
3. \(\frac{1}{8}\) patents to be written off = 2,000 × \(\frac{1}{8}\) = ₹ 250.
4. As no other expenses are given, Trade Expense is recorded in Profit and Loss Account.

Question 7.
Satish and Pramod are partners. Prepare Trading Account and Profit and Loss Account for the year 31st March 2019. You have to find out Gross Profit and Net Profit only.
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q7
Adjustments:
1. The Closing stock is valued at ₹ 15,400.
2. Outstanding wages ₹ 500.
3. Create provision for Bad debts ₹ 800 and maintain R.D.D. 3 % on Sundry Debtors.
4. Goods of ₹ 1,800 distributed as a free sample.
5. Goods of ₹ 2,000 were sold and delivered on 31st March 2019 but no entry is passed in the Books of Account.
Solution:
In the books of Satish and Pramod
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q7.1
Working Notes :
1. Here only gross profit and net profit is to find out. Therefore, the Balance Sheet is not prepared.

2. Interest on a 10% bank loan is calculated for 9 months (From 1/7/2018 to 31/3/2019)
I = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRN}}{100}\) = 8,000 × \(\frac{10}{100} \times \frac{9}{12}\) = ₹ 600

3. Goods distributed as free samples is an advertisement expense for business.

4. Sundry Debtors = 40,000
Add: Unrecorded Sales = 2,000
Less: Provision for Bad Debts = 800
Total = 41,200
Less: R.D.D. (New) (3% of 41,200 = 1,236) = 39,964

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 8.
Nana and Nani are partners in a Partnership Firm sharing Profits and Losses equally. You are required to give effects of Adjustments in Profit & Loss A/c and Balance Sheet with the help of the following information.
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q8
Adjustments:
1. Gross profit amounted to ₹ 34,500.
2. Insurance paid for 15 months w.e.f. 1-4-2018.
3. Depreciate Land and Building at 10 % p.a. and Furniture at 5% p.a.
4. Write off ₹ 1,000 for Bad debts and maintain R.D.D. at 5 % on Sundry debtors.
5. Closing stock is valued at ₹ 34,500.
Solution:
In the books of Nana and Nani
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q8.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q8.2
Working Notes:
1. Here, the Profit and Loss Account and Balance Sheet are to be prepared. Therefore, Trading Account is not prepared. Gross profit (given) is recorded on the Credit side of the Profit and Loss Account.

2. Land and Building
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q8.3
Total Depreciation = ₹ 4,500

3. Interest on 10% bank loan is calculated for 6 months. (From 1/10/2018 to 31/3/2019)
I = \(\frac{\text { PRN }}{100}\)
= 30,000 × \(\frac{10}{100} \times \frac{6}{12}\)
= ₹ 1,500

4. Prepaid insurance = \(\frac{3}{15}\) × (Insurance Amount)
= \(\frac{3}{15}\) × 15,000
= ₹ 3,000

5. RDD = 5% on (Debtors – New Bad debts)
= \(\frac{5}{100}\) × (26,000 – 1,000)
= \(\frac{5}{100}\) × 25,000
= ₹ 1,250

Question 9.
Sun and Moon are partners in a Partnership Firm sharing Profits and Losses equally. You are required to give effects of Adjustments with the help of the following information:
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q9
Adjustments:
1. Partners are entitled to get a salary of ₹ 6,000 p.a. in addition to their profit & loss sharing.
2. Depreciation on Land & Building, Furniture and Machinery @ 10%, 5% and 3% respectively.
3. Interest in Capital 5% p.a.
4. Closing stock ₹ 60,743.
5. Wages included ₹ 1,000 as advance is given to workers.
6. Interest due but not paid ₹ 800.
7. Total net profit amounted to ₹ 38,113.
You are required to prepare the Balance Sheet and Partners Current A/c only.
Solution:
In the books of Sun and Moon
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q9.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q9.2
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q9.3
Working Notes:
1. Depreciation on machinery is calculated for 9 months. (i.e. from 1/7/18 to 31/3/19)
Depreciation = 40,000 × \(\frac{3}{100} \times \frac{9}{12}\) = ₹ 900

2. Interest on 8% debentures, calculated for 6 months. (i.e. from 1/10/18 to 31/3/19)
I = \(\frac{\text { PRN }}{100}\)
= 8,000 × \(\frac{8}{100} \times \frac{6}{12}\)
= ₹ 320

3. Advance given to workers (by firm) ₹ 1,000 is an asset for the firm, so, it is shown on the Assets side.

4. Interest due but not paid is a liability for the firm, so, it is shown on the Liabilities side.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts

Question 10.
Kshipra and Manisha are partners sharing Profit and Losses in their Capital ratio. You are required to prepare Trading Account and Profit and Loss Account for the year ended 31st March 2019 and a Balance Sheet as of that date.
Trial Balance as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q10
Adjustments:
1. Stock on 31st March 2019 was at ₹ 37,000.
2. Sales include the sale of machinery of ₹ 2,000, which is sold on 1st April 2018.
3. Depreciation on fixed assets @ 5%
4. Each partner is entitled to get a commission at 1% of Gross profit and interest on Capital 5% p.a.
5. Outstanding Expenses wages ₹ 200 & Salaries ₹ 500.
6. Create provision for Doubtful debts @ 3% on Sundry debtors.
Solution:
In the books of Kshipra and Manisha
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q10.1
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q10.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 1 Introduction to Partnership and Partnership Final Accounts Practical Problems Q10.3
Working Notes:
1. Depreciation on fixed assets means depreciation on Furniture, Plant & Machinery, and Building.

2. Sales includes the sale of Machinery of ₹ 2,000 is subtracted from sales and from Plant & Machinery.
On balance amount of Plant & Machinery ₹ 58,000, calculate 5 % depreciation i.e. 60,000 – 2,000 = ₹ 58,000 × 5% = ₹ 2,900

3. Here on gross profit calculate 1% commission for partners and record it to Profit and Loss A/c and in Current A/cs. Commission payable to each partner = \(\frac{1}{100}\) × Gross profit
= \(\frac{1}{100}\) × 81,700
= ₹ 817.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board 12th Commerce Book Keeping & Accountancy Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board 12th Book Keeping & Accountancy Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

1. Objective Type Questions:

A. Select the most appropriate alternatives from the following and rewrite the sentences:

Question 1.
Not for Profit concern renders ___________ services to public at large.
(a) commercial
(b) social
(c) individual
(d) group
Answer:
(b) social

Question 2.
Donation for Scholarship Fund is ___________
(a) Capital Receipt
(b) Revenue Receipt
(c) Capital Expenditure
(d) Revenue Expenditure
Answer:
(a) Capital Receipt

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 3.
Income and Expenditure Account is a ___________ Account.
(a) Capital
(b) Real
(c) Personal
(d) Nominal
Answer:
(d) Nominal

Question 4.
Outstanding subscription at the end of the Accounting Year represents ___________
(a) Liability
(b) an Expenditure
(c) an Asset
(d) Capital Fund
Answer:
(c) an Asset

Question 5.
Subscription received in advance during the accounting year is ___________
(a) an Income
(b) an Expense
(c) an Asset
(d) a Liability
Answer:
(d) a Liability

Question 6.
Excess of Income over Expenditure is termed as ___________
(a) Deficit
(b) Profit
(c) Surplus
(d) Loss
Answer:
(c) Surplus

Question 7.
Not for Profit concern prepares ___________ Account instead of Profit and Loss Account to know the result.
(a) Trading
(b) Income and Expenditure
(c) Cash
(d) Receipt and Payments
Answer:
(b) Income and Expenditure

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 8.
The closing balance of Receipts and Payments Account usually represent ___________
(a) Closing stock
(b) Cash and Bank Balance
(c) Surplus
(d) Deficit
Answer:
(b) Cash and Bank Balance

Question 9.
Not for Profit organization is also called ___________ organization.
(a) service
(b) trading
(c) profit-making
(d) commercial
Answer:
(a) service

Question 10.
Expenditure on Purchase of Building is a ___________ Expenditure.
(a) Capital
(b) Revenue
(c) General
(d) Recurring
Answer:
(a) Capital

B. Write the Word/Phrase/Term, which can substitute each of the following Statements.

Question 1.
The Form of Organization providing services to the society only.
Answer:
Not for Profit concern

Question 2.
An account which is prepared by Not for Profit concern instead of Profit and Loss Account.
Answer:
Income and Expenditure Account

Question 3.
Donations are received for a specific purpose.
Answer:
Specific donation/Capital Receipt

Question 4.
The Receipts are not recurring in nature.
Answer:
Capital Receipt

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 5.
An Account that records only revenue items in case of Not a for-profit concern.
Answer:
Income and Expenditure Account

Question 6.
Accounts which records only cash transactions in case of Not for Profit concerns.
Answer:
Receipts and Payments Account

Question 7.
The income is earned during the year but not received during the year.
Answer:
Outstanding income

Question 8.
The credit balance of Income and Expenditure Account.
Answer:
Surplus

Question 9.
To excess of total assets over total liabilities of a Not for Profit concern.
Answer:
Capital Fund

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 10.
All such receipts are non-recurring in nature and not forming a part of a regular flow of income.
Answer:
Capital Receipts

C. State whether the following statements are True or False with reasons.

Question 1.
Not for Profit concerns do not have a profit motive.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Not for profit concerns, the main aim is to give services to its members or to the society at large. They do not carry any Trading activity or Manufacturing activity so there is no question of having a profit motive for ‘Not for Profit’ concerns.

Question 2.
Charitable Institutions prepare Profit and Loss Accounts at the end of every financial year.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Charitable Institutions, Not for Profit concerns, do not undertake any trading activities and hence instead of Profit and Loss Account prepare Income-Expenditure Account to record all revenue expenses/losses and revenue incomes/gains of the current year.

Question 3.
There is no difference between Receipts and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
In the Receipts and Payments Account, all receipts and payments transactions in cash or through the bank are recorded irrespective of the current year, previous year, or next year while in Income-Expenditure Account, only the current year’s incomes and expenses (Revenue) are recorded.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 4.
Income and Expenditure Account represents either surplus or deficit.
Answer:
This statement is True.
In the Income and Expenditure Account, all revenue incomes and expenses are recorded and at the end of the specified period, the difference is found out which is known as ‘Surplus’ (Revenue incomes are more than Revenue expenses) or ‘Deficit’ (Revenue expenses are more than Revenue incomes).

Question 5.
Receipts and Payments Accounts do not have any opening balance.
Answer:
This statement is False.
Receipts and Payments Account is just like a cash book of trading concern and opening balance (Cash or Bank or Cash and Bank) must be there to start recording of transactions.

Question 6.
Not for Profit concerns do not prepare a Balance Sheet.
Answer:
This statement is False.
To know the financial position of the organization, at the end of the particular period, Not for Profit concerns prepare Balance Sheet.

Question 7.
Purchases of Sports Equipments is a Capital Expenditure.
Answer:
This statement is True.
Generally, the life span of sports equipment is more than one year, so the purchase of sports equipment is considered a capital expenditure.

Question 8.
Income and Expenditure Account is a Real Account.
Answer:
This statement is False.
In the Income and Expenditure Account, all the revenue incomes and revenue expenses are recorded and therefore it is a Nominal Account and not a Real Account.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 9.
The Receipts and Payments Account contains only the transactions relating to the current year.
Answer:
This statement is False.
In the Receipts and Payments Account, transactions of not only the current year but of the previous year or of the next year are also recorded.

Question 10.
Excess of Assets over liabilities is called Capital Fund.
Answer:
This statement is True.
For ‘Not for Profit’ concerns in the Balance Sheet, when a total of Assets is more than the total of Liabilities, the difference of amount is considered as ‘Capital Fund’.

D. Fill in the blanks.

Question 1.
Not for Profit organization is never engaged in ___________ activities.
Answer:
trading

Question 2.
Not for Profit organization is called ___________ organization.
Answer:
service

Question 3.
Receipts and Payments Account falls under the category of ___________ Account.
Answer:
Real

Question 4.
In Receipts and Payment Account the summary of ___________ transactions are recorded.
Answer:
cash

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 5.
Income and Expenditure Account is similar to the ___________ Account of Trading concern.
Answer:
Profit and Loss

Question 6.
Credit side of Receipts and Payments Account shows cash ___________
Answer:
payments

Question 7.
Income and Expenditure Account is a ___________ Account.
Answer:
Nominal

Question 8.
Mumbai University prepares ___________ Account instead of a Profit and Loss account.
Answer:
Income and Expenditure

Question 9.
Subscription received from the members is considered as ___________ receipts.
Answer:
revenue

Question 10.
The transactions recorded in the Income and Expenditure Account related only to the ___________ year.
Answer:
current

E. Answer in one sentence only.

Question 1.
What do you mean by ‘Not for Profit’ Concern?
Answer:
A concern or organization which is formed and established to serve its members and society or the general public by undertaking various activities without any profit motive is called a ‘Not for Profit’ concern.

Question 2.
Which organizations prepare Income and Expenditure Account?
Answer:
‘Not for profit’ concern prepares Income and Expenditure Account.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 3.
What is Receipts and Payments Account?
Answer:
An account that is prepared by a ‘Not for Profit Concern’ to record a summary of all types of cash receipts and cash payments inclusive of bank transactions is called Receipts and Payments Account.

Question 4.
Why Income and Expenditure Account is prepared?
Answer:
Income and Expenditure Account is prepared to ascertain, whether the concern has sufficient income to meet its expenses, or not.

Question 5.
What is Capital Fund?
Answer:
Excess of Assets over Liabilities is known as Capital Fund which also consists of contributions, subscription, entrance fees, surplus income, etc.

Question 6.
What is a Subscription?
Answer:
Subscription is the periodical payment made by the members to the ‘Not for Profit’ concern for maintaining their membership.

Question 7.
What is ’Legacy’?
Answer:
Any asset, property, or amount of cash which ‘Not for Profit’ concern receives as per the provisions made in the will of the donor after his death is called Legacy.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 8.
What is Surplus?
Answer:
Excess of income over expenditure shown by Income and Expenditure Account represents Surplus for the financial year.

Question 9.
What do you mean by Non-recurring Expenses?
Answer:
Non-recurring expenses are the expenses that are made for the acquisition of fixed assets that gives benefits for a long period.

Question 10.
To which account ‘Surplus’ or ‘Deficit’ is transferred?
Answer:
‘Surplus’ or ‘Deficit’ is transferred to the Balance Sheet by adding it or subtracting it from Capital Fund.

F. I. Complete the Table:

Question 1.

Sr. No. Income (₹) Expenditure (₹) Surplus/Deficit (₹)
1 10,000 ? 5,000 (Deficit)
2 8,000 ? 4,000 (Surplus)
3 ? 15,000 8,000 (Surplus)
4 7,500 9,000 ?
5 15,000 11,300 ?

Solution:

Sr.No. Income (₹) Expenditure (₹) Surplus/Deficit (₹)
1 10,000 15,000 5,000 (Deficit)
2 8,000 4,000 4,000 (Surplus)
3 23,000 15,000 8,000 (Surplus)
4 7,500 9,000 1,500 (Deficit)
5 15,000 11,300 3,700 (Surplus)

II. Salaries paid during the year:

Question 1.

Sr.No. Total (₹) Prepaid/Outstanding Expenditure for the year
1 1,100 Prepaid 100 ?
2 2,700 Prepaid ? 2,000
3 8,250 Prepaid ? 6,650
4 1,200 Outstanding 200 ?
5 ? Outstanding 600 5,100
6 1,800 Outstanding ? 2,200

Solution:

Sr. No. Total (₹) Prepaid/Outstanding Expenditure for the year
1 1,100 Prepaid 100 1,000
2 2,700 Prepaid 700 2,000
3 8,250 Prepaid 1,600 6,650
4 1,200 Outstanding 200 1,400
5 4,500 Outstanding 600 5,100
6 1,800 Outstanding 400 2,200

III. Rent received during the year:

Question 1.

Sr.No. Total Received (₹) Rent Received in Advance/Accrued Income for the year (₹)
1 1,300 Received in Advance 200 ?
2 ? Received in Advance 400 1,400
3 2,650 Received in Advance ? 2,000
4 ? Accrued 290 3,190
5 1,700 Accrued ? 2,150
6 2,600 Accrued 500 ?

Solution:

Sr.No. Total Received (₹) Rent received in Advance/Accrued Income for the year (₹)
1 1,300 Received in Advance 200 1,100
2 1,800 Received in Advance 400 1,400
3 2,650 Received in Advance 650 2,000
4 2,900 Accrued 290 3,190
5 1,700 Accrued 450 2,150
6 2,600 Accrued 500 3,100

G. Calculate the following:

Question 1.
10 % p.a. Depreciation on Furniture ₹ 50,000 (for three months)
Solutions:
Depreciation = Cost of Asset × Rate × Period
= 50,000 × \(\frac{10}{100}\) × \(\frac{3}{12}\)
= ₹ 1250 Depr. for 3 months
Thus, Depreciation on furniture @ 10 % on ₹ 50,000 for 3 months = ₹ 1250.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 2.
12 % p.a. Interest on Bank loan ₹ 80,000 for 1 year.
Answer:
I = \(\frac{\mathrm{PRN}}{100}\)
= 80,000 × \(\frac{12}{100}\) × 1
= ₹ 9600.
Thus, interest on a Bank loan ₹ 80,000 for 1 year = ₹ 9600.

Question 3.
Opening stock of stationery ₹ 5,000, purchases of stationery ₹ 7000, outstanding stationery bill ₹ 12,000, closing stock ₹ 1000. What is the amount of stationery consumed?
Answer:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns G Q3

Question 4.
Salary ₹ 10,000, outstanding salary ₹ 5,000. Calculate the salary to be debited to the Income and Expenditure Account.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns G Q4

Question 5.
Library Books ₹ ……………? Less 10% Depreciation ₹ 5,000 = ₹ 45,000.
Answer:
Library books ₹ 50,000. Less 10% Depreciation ₹ 5,000 = ? 45,000
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns G Q5

H. Find odd one:

Question 1.
Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account, Receipts and Payments Account, Balance Sheet.
Answer:
Receipts and Payments Account

Question 2.
Machinery, Furniture, Computers, Salaries.
Answer:
Salaries

Question 3.
Subscription, Stationery, Interest Received, Locker Rent received.
Answer:
Stationery

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 4.
Reliance Industries, Venna Vidya Mandir, Laxmi Hospital, Manoj Sports club.
Answer:
Reliance Industries

Question 5.
Surplus, Deficit, Net Profit, Capital fund.
Answer:
Net Profit

Practical Problems

Question 1.
Calculation of stationery consumed during the year
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q1
Adjustments:
1. ₹ 1,000 outstanding for the stationery bill.
2. Stock of Stationery as of 31 – 03 – 2019 was valued at ₹ 1,800.
With the above information, calculate the amount of Stationery consumed during the year and show its presence in final Accounts of a concern.
Solution:
In the books of ___________________
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q1.1
Balance Sheet as of 31 – 03 – 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q1.2

Question 2.
Presentation of Subscription only
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q2
Adjustments:
The outstanding subscription for 2018-19 is ₹ 32,000.
With the above information, present the item Subscription in Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31 -03-2019 and Balance Sheet as on the date.
Solution:
In the books of ___________________
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q2.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q2.2
Working Note:
Outstanding subs, given in the balance sheet as on 01-04-2018 are ₹ 26,000 (for 2016-17) and ₹ 35,000 (for 2017-18). Against that, as shown in Receipt – Payment A/c ₹ 23,000 and ₹ 30,000 are received respectively. Means ₹ 3,000 and ₹ 5,000 are still outstanding which are known in the current year balance sheet.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 3.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q3
Adjustments:
Subscription outstanding for the year 2017-18 is ₹ 6,000.
During the previous year subscription received in advance for 2017-18 is ₹ 2,000.
The outstanding subscription of 2016-17 is ₹ 2,500.
With the help of the above information present the item Subscription in Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2018 and Balance Sheet as on that date.
Solution:
In the books of ___________________
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q3.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q3.2

Question 4.
Preparation of Income and Expenditure Account only
Following is the Receipts and Payments Account of “Satara Sports Club” Satara.
Prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2019.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q4
Adjustments:
1. Outstanding subscription for the current year is ₹ 4,500.
2. Outstanding rent for the current year amounted to ₹ 1,000.
3. Entrance fees are to be treated as Revenue Income.
4. Stock of sports material as of 01-04-2018 ₹ 6,000 and on 31 – 03 – 2019 ₹ 14,000.
Solution:
In the books of ‘Satara Sports Club’ Satara
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q4.1
Working Notes:
1. Entrance fees are to be treated as Revenue income. Therefore entire amount is recorded on the income side.
2. Since the selling price of Furniture ₹ 4,500 is lower than its cost price of ₹ 8,000, there is a Loss in the sale of furniture.
It is calculated as follows:
Loss on sale of furniture = Book value (cost) – Selling price
= 8,000 – 4,500
= ₹ 3,500
It is debited to Income and Expenditure A/c.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 5.
“Bhartiya Kala Kendra”, Solapur gives you the following information for the year ended on 31-03-2018. Prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2018.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q5
Additional Information:
1. Legacies are to be capitalized.
2. Outstanding salary ₹ 200.
3. 50% of Entrance fees are to be capitalized.
Solution:
In the books of Bhartiya Kala Kendra, Solapur
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q5.1

Question 6.
Accounts of a Charitable Hospital
From the following particulars relating to “Radha-Krishna Charitable Hospital”, Pune.
Prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2020 and Balance Sheet as of that date.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q6
Additional Information:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q6.1
Provide Depreciation on Equipments ₹ 1,900 and on Building ₹ 1,500.
Solution:
In the Books of Radha-Krishna Charitable Hospital, Pune
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q6.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2020
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q6.3
Working Notes:
1. To find medicines consumed, here in the opening stock, purchases are added and the closing stock of medicine is subtracted.
2. For equipment, in opening balance, add equipment purchased during the year and subtract depreciation to get the closing balance of equipment.
3. Interest ₹ 10,000 is received on 10% investments means there is no outstanding interest.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 7.
From the following transactions of Receipts and Payments Account of “Pavan-putra Hanuman Vyayamshala”, Parbhani and the adjustments are given, you are required to prepare Income and Expenditure Account and Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q7
Adjustments:
1. There are 500 members paying an annual subscription of ₹ 50 each.
2. Outstanding salary was ₹ 1,200.
3. The Assets on 01-04-2018 were as follows:
Building ₹ 50,000, Furniture ₹ 15,000
4. Provide depreciation on Building and Furniture at 5% and 10% respectively.
5. 50% Entrance fees are to be capitalized.
6. Interest on investment at 5% p.a. has accrued for 6 months.
7. Capital fund ₹ 70,000 on 01-04-2018.
Solution:
In the Books of Pavan-putra Hanuman Vyayamshala, Parbhani
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q7.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q7.2
Working Notes:
1. Interest on investment is receivable for 6 months:
I = \(\frac{\text { PRN }}{100}\)
= 15,000 × \(\frac{5}{100} \times \frac{6}{12}\)
= ₹ 375 (outstanding interest on investment)
2. 50 % of entrance fees (i.e. \(\frac{6200}{2}\) = ₹ 310o) is to be capitalised means add it to capital fund.
3. Total subscription of current year = 500 members × ₹ 50 = ₹ 25,000
But actual subscription received = ₹ 18,000
means difference (25,000 – 18,000) of ₹ 7,000 is outstanding subscription.

Question 8.
Newly Started Art Circle
“Jeevan Jyoti Art Circle” a newly established concern has presented the following information:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q8
Adjustments:
1. Subscription outstanding for the year was ₹ 5,000.
2. Depreciate Furniture @ 10% p.a.
3. Full amount of admission fees and 50% donations are to be capitalized.
You are required to prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2018 and a Balance Sheet as of that date.
Solution:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q8.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q8.2
Working Notes:
The full amount of admission fees and 50% of donations are added to the surplus amount to get capital funds. (Opening balance of the capital fund is not given.)

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 9.
Given below is the Receipts and Payments Account of “Vithai Mahila Mandat”, Pandharpur for the year ending 31-03-2018. Prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31-03-2018 and Balance Sheet as of that date.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q9
Adjustments:
1. Capital fund on 01-04-2017 was ₹ 90,000.
2. Outstanding subscription ₹ 4,000.
3. Entrance fees are to be capitalized.
4. Rent paid includes ₹ 800 paid for April 2018.
5. They have the following Assets and Liabilities as of 01-04-2017:
Furniture ₹ 9,000, Building ₹ 70,000, and Outstanding Expenses ₹ 12,000.
Solution:
In the books of Vithai Mahila Mandal, Pandharpur
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q9.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2018
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q9.2
Working Notes:
1. Outstanding subscription of ₹ 4,000 is first added to subscription received on the credit side of Income and Expenditure A/c and then it is shown on the Assets side of Balance Sheet.
2. Entire amount of entrance fees ₹ 3,500 is added to the capital fund.
3. Prepaid ₹ 800 is first deducted from rent paid on the debit side of Income & Expenditure A/c and then shown on the Assets side of the Balance Sheet.
4. Outstanding expenses ₹ 12,000 is directly shown on the Liabilities side of the Balance Sheet.

Question 10.
From the following Receipts and Payments Account “K.B.P. Engineering College”, Nashik for the year ending on 31 – 03 – 2019 and additional information, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2019 and Balance Sheet as on that date.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q10
Additional Information:
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q10.1
1. 50% of donations are for the Building funds and the balance is to be treated as Revenue income.
2. Outstanding subscription ₹ 5,300.
3. Life membership fees are to capitalize.
Solution:
In the books of K.B.P. Engineering College, Nashik
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q10.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q10.3
Working Notes:
1. Life membership fees are to be capitalized, which means add the entire amount to the capital fund.

2. 50% of Donations of ₹ 7,00,000 i.e., ₹ 3,50,000 is to be added to the Building Fund, and the remaining amount of donation i.e., ₹ 3,50,000 is credited to Income and Expenditure A/c.

3. The depreciation on Fixed assets is calculated by using the following formula:
Depreciation = Opening balance + Purchases – Closing value
∴ Depreciation on Books = 6,00,000 + 61,000 – 6,00,000
= 6,61,000 – 6,00,000
= ₹ 61,000
∴ Depreciation on Furniture = 3,19,000 + 51,000 – 3,00,000
= 3,70,000 – 3,00,000
= ₹ 70,000

4. Fixed deposit: Opening balance given = ₹ 9,10,000
Fixed deposit (31-03-2019) = ₹ 8,50,000
(Newly purchased)
∴ Total fixed deposits = ₹ 17,50,000

5. Admission Fees ₹ 60,000 are recorded on the credit side of Income and Expenditure A/c because it is taken as Revenue income.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

Question 11.
Account of a School
From the following Balance Sheet and Receipts and Payments Account of “New English School”, Barshi, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31 – 03 – 2020 and a Balance Sheet as on that date.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q11
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q11.1
Additional Information:
1. Outstanding salary of ₹ 9,000.
2. Outstanding tuition fees ₹ 15,000.
3. Depreciate library books by ₹ 9,000 and Furniture by ₹ 10,000.
Solution:
In the books of New English School, Barshi
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q11.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2020
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q11.3
Working Notes:
1. Donation (Capital) is added to the Capital fund.
2. Government Grant ₹ 1,20,000 is recorded on the credit side of Income & Expenditure A/c because it is the revenue income of the organization.
3. Outstanding tuition fees ₹ 15,000 and outstanding salary ₹ 9,000 are added to the respective head of Account and then they are shown separately on the Assets side and Liabilities side of the Balance Sheet respectively.

Question 12.
Account of a Library
Following is the Receipts Payments Account of “Dhananjay Library”, Mumbai for the year ending 31-03-2020.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q12
You are required to prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ended 31-03-2020 and a Balance Sheet as of that day.
The following information is also made available to you.
1. On 31 -03-2019, the library had the following Assets also; Books ₹ 50,000, Furniture ₹ 6,500, and Machinery of ₹ 30,000.
2. Subscription received in advance amounted to ₹ 500.
3. Outstanding salaries ₹ 1300 and Rent ₹ 950.
4. 50% of the admission fees should be capitalized.
5. Furniture to be depreciated at 10% p.a.
6. Library books were purchased on 1st April 2019 charge depreciation at 10% p.a.
7. The Investments were purchased on 01-04-2019 and they carry interest at 20% p.a.
Solution:
In the books of Dhananjay Library, Mumbai
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q12.1
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2020
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q12.2
Working Notes:
1. Opening Balance Sheet is prepared to find out opening capital fund:
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q12.3

2. Outstanding expenses of the previous year, paid in the current year so no entry for outstanding expenses (2018-19)

3. Interest on Investment @ 20% on ₹ 6,000 = ₹ 1,200
Interest on Investment received = ₹ 900
Outstanding interest on investment = ₹ 300

4. Depreciation on library books at 10% p.a.
On opening balance of ₹ 50,000 (for whole year) = ₹ 5,000
On purchases on 01-04-2019 (for whole year) = ₹ 500
Total Depreciation = ₹ 5,500

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

5. Subscriptions received in advance ₹ 500 is deducted from subscription received on the credit side of Income and Expenditure A/c and then subscription received in advance is shown separately on the Liabilities side of Balance Sheet.

6. Outstanding salaries and outstanding rent are added to the respective head of Account on the debit side of the Income & Expenditure Account and both the outstanding items are recorded on the Liabilities side of the Balance Sheet.

Question 13.
Outstanding Expenses and Prepaid Expenses
From the following information supplied to you, prepare Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2020 and Balance Sheet as on that date for “Morya Sports Club”, Thane.
Balance Sheet as on 01-04-2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q13
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q13.1
Adjustments:
1. Subscription received includes ₹ 3,000 for 2018-19 and outstanding subscription for 2019-20 was ₹ 14,000.
2. On 31-03-2020, the Prepaid insurance premium was ₹ 2,500.
3. Depreciate Furniture by ₹ 3,000.
4. Locker rent outstanding for 2019-20 is ₹ 400.
Answer:
In the books of ‘Morya Sports Club’ Thane
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q13.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2020
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q13.3
Working Notes:
1. Outstanding subscription (2018-19) ₹ 8,000 given in b/s against that ₹ 3,000 received in 2019-20.
Means still receivable subscription = ₹ 5,000 (8,000 – 3,000).

2. Prepaid insurance premium (2018-19) ₹ 2,000 is for the current year. Therefore, in the current year’s insurance premium, ₹ 2,000 is to be added and then subtract the current year’s prepaid insurance premium.

3. Outstanding salary of (2018-19), ₹ 4,000 of the previous year is to be subtracted from current year’s salary.

4. Total amount of donations and entrance fees are to be capitalized so add the entire amount of both the items to Capital fund.

5. Outstanding locker’s rent (2018-19) ₹ 500 is given in the Balance Sheet. It is to be subtracted from the current year’s locker’s rent and then adds the current year’s outstanding locker rent.

Question 14.
Charitable Hospital
Following information has been provided by “Vivekanand Charitable Hospital”, Latur. You are required to prepare an Income and Expenditure Account for the year ending 31-03-2019 and the Balance Sheet as of that date.
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q14
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q14.1
Adjustments:
1. On 31-03-2019 stock of drugs was valued at ₹ 22,000.
2. Depreciation on Building at 5% p.a. and on Ambulance ₹ 30,000.
3. Life membership fees are to be capitalized.
Answer:
In the books of Vivekanand Charitable Hospital, Latur
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q14.2
Balance Sheet as of 31st March 2019
Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns Practical Problems Q14.3
Working Notes:
1. Purchase of drugs ₹ 2,00,000 includes ₹ 40,000 of 2017-18 and in the Balance Sheet of 2017-18, the outstanding bill of drugs is ₹ 50,000 given. So, ₹ 10,000 is still outstanding.

Maharashtra Board 12th BK Textbook Solutions Chapter 2 Accounts of ‘Not for Profit’ Concerns

2. Consumption of drugs:
Opening stock (2017-18) = ₹ 42,000
Add: Purchase of drugs = ₹ 1,60,000
Total = 1,60,000 + 42,000 = ₹ 2,02,000
Less: Closing stock of drugs = ₹ 22,000
Consumption of drugs = 1,80,000

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Balbharti Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities Textbook Exercise Questions and Answers.

Maharashtra State Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

1. Complete the Chain

Question 1.

A B C
(1) Matheran (1) Tea (1) Communication
(2) GPS (2) the Atlantic Ocean (2) Tertiary Activity
(3) Sri Lanka (3) Satellite (3) Export
(4) Panama Canal (4) Tourism (4) the Pacific Ocean

Answer:

A B C
(1) Matheran (1) Tourism (1) Tertiary Activity
(2) GPS (2) Satellite (2) Communication
(3) Sri Lanka (3) Tea (3) Export
(4) Panama Canal (4) Atlantic Ocean (4) Pacific Ocean

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

2. Choose the correct option.

Question 1.
Tertiary activities include
(a) Use of natural resources
(b) Finished product
(c) Raw material
(d) Transportation
Answer:
(d) Transportation

Question 2.
Natural ports
(a) Kochi
(b) JNPT
(c) Delhi International Terminal
(d) Nagpur Cargo Hub (MIHAN)
Answer:
(a) Kochi

Question 3.
Trans-Australian Railway connects
(a) Perth – Sydney
(b) Perth – Vladivostok
(c) Sydney – Vancouver
(d) Vancouver – Vladivostok
Answer:
(b) Perth – Vladivostok

3. Give geographical reasons.

Question 1.
Tertiary activities include both services and exchapge.
Answer:

  • Transportation, communication, trade and commerce are the main tertiary activities.
  • Road, rail and airways are the important modes of transportation, which help in exchange of goods and services. Therefore, it is a service activity.
  • Transportation provides facilities for the movement of goods from areas of surplus to areas of scarcity produced in primary and secondary activities.
  • Credit facilities, banking facilities, marketing are also tertiary activities, they provide services to people.
  • Postal services, shopkeepers, vegetable sellers, fruit sellers, etc., are also included in service activities.

Question 2.
The proportion of airways as means of transportation is increasing.
Answer:

  • Air transport is an important enabler to achieve economic growth and development.
  • In the global world, there is exchange of goods between countries. Therefore, there is more use of air transport to carry perishable, valuable and light goods from surplus areas to scarcity areas.
  • It facilitates integration into global economy and provides vital connectivity on a national, regional and international scale.
  • Nowadays tourism is the fastest growing industry; air transport is more used for international tourism.
  • Therefore, the proportion of airways as means of transportation is increasing.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 3.
Geographical diversity is responsible for trade to occur.
Answer:

  • The geographical diversity is the set of physical, human and cultural elements differentiated from each other that converge in the relatively small geographic space that is part of the same zone, region or country.
  • If you take into consideration natural regions of the world, each region is different from another.
  • The natural resource available in one country will be different from the ones available in different regions.
  • There is variation in climate, soil, minerals, forest, relief, water supply etc.
  • Depending upon the availability of geographical factors, there is specialisation of certain economic activities in certain areas and there is trade from surplus areas to scarcity areas. For example, in one region, plenty of oil is available while in another region no oil reserves are available.
  • This variation in distribution of oil will be responsible for the development of trade between oil rich and oil poor countries.
  • Thus, geographical diversity is responsible for trade to occur.

4. Write short notes on.

Question 1.
Importance of satellite as means of communication.
Answer:

  • A communications satellite is an artificial satellite that relays and amplifies radio telecommunication signals via. transponder.
  • Communications satellites are used for television, telephone, radio, internet and military applications.
  • The information about physical and human factors is obtained from satellite communication.
  • Satellite communication is used in remote islands, in some countries and continents where landline telecommunication is rare or not available.
  • As television becomes the main market, its demand for satellite communication becomes very important.
  • Satellites are also used for internet communication, military communications, etc.
  • Thus, importance of satellite as means of communication is increasing.

Question 2.
Role of transportation in trade.
Answer:

  • Transport support trade and industry in carrying raw material to the place of production and distribution of finished products for consumption.
  • Transport means to make goods available to consumers.
  • Transport makes possible movement of goods from one place to another with great ease and speed.
  • Trade means exchange of goods and services. In trade there is movement of goods from surplus areas to scarcity areas. The movement of goods is possible only because of transport.
  • In other words, without the help of transport development of trade is not possible.
  • Thus, transport plays an important role in economic development and globalisation of trade.

Question 3.
Tourism and GDP.
Answer:

  • Tourism is vital for the success of many economies around the world.
  • Tourism boosts the revenue of the economy, creates thousands of jobs and develops the infrastructures of the country.
  • It also creates jobs in agriculture, communication, health and educational sectors.
  • The government that depends on tourism, invests a lot in the infrastructure of the country. They construct new roads and highways, develop parks, improve public places, and set up airports, etc.
  • With augmenting facilities, more and more tourists are attracted in such countries, thus, there is boosting of the GDP.

5. Differentiate between.

Question 1.
Secondary Economic Activities and Tertiary Economic Activities
Answer:

Secondary Economic Activities Tertiary Economic Activities
(i) Secondary activities are concerned with activities adding value to already existing products from primary activities. (i) Tertiary activities are concerned with providing services rather than providing material goods.
(ii) Development of secondary activities depends upon the production of resources in primary activities. (ii) Development of tertiary activities depends upon the development of secondary activities.
(iii) Manufacturing and construction are important secondary activities. (iii) Trade, transport communication, banking, insurance, etc., are tertiary activities.
(iv) Secondary activities produce goods and commodities. (iv) Tertiary activities help reach these goods and commodities to the consumers.
(v) Secondary activities may be away from the market and settlement. (v) Tertiary activities are always near the market and settlement.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 2.
Quaternary Activities and Quinary Activities
Answer:

Quaternary Activities Quinary Activities
(i) Quaternary activities refer to those activities where the task is to think, research and develop ideas. (i) Quinary activities involve work related to administration.
(ii) Confined to research, training and education. (ii) Confined to the highest-level decision taking and policy making.
(iii) Software developers, statisticians, hospital  staff, teachers, financial planners tax consultants, people working in theatres, etc., comes under quaternary activities. (iii) Senior business executives, government officials, scientists, judges, etc., comes under quinary activities.

Question 3.
Waterways and Airways
Answer:

Waterways Airways
(i) Development of water transport needs courted area with broken coastlines. (i) Development of airways needs favourable climate, advance technology and plain land for airports.
(ii) This is the cheapest mode of transport. (ii) This is an expensive mode of transport.
(iii) Heavy and bulky goods are transported, e.g., minerals, oil, coal, machinery, etc. (iii) Light, perishable and expensive goods are transported, e.g., electronic goods, gold, silver, fish, dairy products, etc.
(iv) Slow mode of transportation. (iv) Fast mode of transportation.
(v) More used for goods transport than passengers’ transport (v) More used for passengers’ transport than for goods transport.

6. Answer in Detail

Question 1.
Explain the factors affecting trade between two countries.
Answer:
Trade refers to transfer of goods or services from one person to another or from one country to another. Factors which affect the trade are natural resources, climate, population, culture, economic cost, specialization, etc.

Natural resources : Distribution of natural resources is uneven. The natural resources available in one country differs from another. Because of this uneven distribution of resource, there is trade between resources surplus and resource deficit.

Climate : Climate mainly affects the plants and animals in a region. In the areas of different climate, there are different types of plants and animals. Example, in the tropical countries like Sri Lanka whose major export is tea or Malaysia and Indonesia, whose major export is rubber. This occurs naturally because of favourable climate for growing tea and rubber plants in these countries.

Population : Population size, distribution and density are different in different countries. This leads to difference in production and consumption and hence trade occurs.

Standard of living can also determine the demand for various goods and services. The country with less population depends more on trade because fewer human resources is engaged in production of goods.

Culture : Some countries are known for their specific art and craft, based on their culture, specific production of goods which have worldwide market, for e.g., Kashmiri shawls or Iranian carpets.

Economic Cost : Cost of production is the major factor in the process of production. It is cheaper to import certain goods than producing it in the country itself. For example, it is cheaper to import tea from India and Sri Lanka than producing it in England.

Specialisation : Due extremely favourable factors of production, some countries have specialisation for certain goods and they have name and fame in the world market, so they develop export trade. For example, watches of Switzerland or electronic goods of Japan or tender beef of Argentina.

Government Policy: Government policy about export or import affects trade. For example, Government may increase import duties of some goods, to encourage people to buy domestic goods. Thus, import trade of those goods goes down.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 2.
Development of transportation is dependent on geographical factors. Explain.
Answer:

  • Various geographical factors affect the development of transport.
  • Relief, climate and location are the three most important factors that affect the development of transportation.
  • It is easier to build roadways and railways in plain areas.
  • Dense forests, hilly and mountainous regions affect the construction of roads and railways, in Africa and South America.
  • Coastal location with broken coast lines is favourable for development of ports and harbours.
  • For the development of airways; favourable climate and plain region for construction of airports are essential.
  • Foggy and smoggy weather and high peaks will be obstacles for the development of air transport.

Question 3.
Why is transportation system important in the development of any nation?
Answer:

  • Transportation plays important role in rapid economic growth of a nation.
  • The introduction of railways has been historically the most important and powerful single factor in the process of economic development of industrial nations of the world like USA, France, Germany, Japan, etc.
  • The significance of transportation in economic activity is found in its effects on both human wants and satisfaction of wants through production and distribution of goods.
  • Transportation increases the quality and variety of consumer goods, thereby stimulating the demand and development of trade and economy of the nation.
  • Transport provides various employment opportunities and boosts up the economy of the country. For example, many people got employment in construction work of Metro rail track.

Question 4.
Tertiary activities are expanding day-by-day. Explain the statement.
Answer:

  • Tertiary activities act as the link between primary and secondary activities.
  • These activities are mostly in the form of services.
  • Tertiary activities include transport and communication, trade, loading and unloading of goods, banking, insurance, marketing, export, etc.
  • Providing public services like hospital, education, research and development, administration, etc., are also included in tertiary activities.
  • With increasing industrialisation population growth and trade, number of people working in banking, insurance, tax consultants, software developers, teachers, etc., went on expanding day by day.

7. On an outline map of the world, show the following with the help of suitable index

(1) A canal bringing radical changes in sea transport.
(2) Railway connecting two continents.
(3) An international airport in India.
(4) An important port in India.
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 1

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

8. Read the given passage and answer the following questions

Careful planning and implementation is necessary for economic development of any country. In the tourism sector the need for planned development is of great importance. It involves many industries working together in a complex way and needs special attention. Planning basically tries to allot limited resources between various competitors with a view to maximize output, income and employment and to make sure different sectors have fair growth. Tourism planning is a process through which the set goals can be achieved and the various choices linked to tourism development can be addressed. It is a long term and constant process of preparing, upgrading and improving a destination for tourist.

Communities are the basic elements of tourism. It mainly depends upon the level of acceptance shown by local communities. In the process of planning their involvement is essential. The development of tourism creates impact on mainly environment, socio-culture and economy of the host community at any destination. These impacts produce both negative as well as positive impacts. Planning is necessary to reduce the negative impact and boost the positive impact for sustainable development of a destination.

Question 1.
Why does the tourism sector need planning?
Answer:
Plan development in the tourist sector is of great importance, since it involves many industries working together in a complex and hence special attention.

Planning will help to allot limited resources between various competitors with view to maximise output, income and-employment.

Question 2.
What is the importance of communities in planning?
Answer:

  • In the process of planning communities are basic elements of tourism.
  • It mainly depends upon level of acceptance shown by local communities.
  • In the process of planning their involvement is necessary and therefore, community planning is necessary.

Question 3.
Explain any two benefits of planning.
Answer:
Planning reduces the negative impact and boosts the positive impact for sustainable development of a destination.

Question 4.
What factors affect the economy of the host community?
Answer:
The development of tourism creates impact on mainly environment socio-culture and economy and economy of host community at any destination.

Question 5.
Why planning is a long-term task?
Answer:
Planning is a long-term task because planning is a constant process of preparing, upgrading and improving a destination for tourists.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Class 12 Geography Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities Intext Questions and Answers

Think about it.

Read the following comprehension and answer the questions that follow:

There are three friends from different back-grounds. They decided to become entrepreneurs after graduating from the same college. Rohit is a farmer’s son. He pursued his bachelor degree in the Arts faculty. He was thinking of continuing his father’s profession but at a different level. He wanted to grow export-quality agricultural products in his two acres of farmland.

Sejal is the daughter of a businessman. They produce and sell bakery products on a wholesale basis. She has passed her degree in Science. She wants to become an entrepreneur in Fast Moving Consumer Goods (FMCG) products. Asif is a son of a small hotel owner. He has passed his graduation in Event Management. He wants to start his own company of Event Management.

After graduating with good grades, they decided to help each other and begin their careers. Rohit, Sejal and Asif tried to find out information about haw to start their businesses. They tried to get maximum information regarding their businesses. They wanted to plan, organise and then establish their start¬ups. During this period, they found information regarding their businesses.

Rohit found out that he will have to do major changes in his farmland to grow export-quality products like lily, orchid flowers and fruits like kiwis, dragon fruits, etc. He will have to maintain moisture and temperature in the air. He will also need to use special fertilizers to maintain the soil’s pH value.

He also came to know that he has to take help of the Agricultural officer from the same Taluka. More importantly, he has to take out a licence to establish a business. He also got to know that he will need an account which can be used for foreign transactions. He also got information from where, he would get saplings for the export-quality products. He came to know that, these flowers are in great demand in Gulf countries and they give high returns too. As these countries are within the reach of an hour or two by air, the flowers can remain fresh and retain their quality. He also decided to visit few vendors from these countries to directly setup his business.

Sejal realised that toothpaste is a product which is required daily by the people. Since her background was from Science, she decided to derive an advanced formula which will be good for dental health. She also took help from a cousin brother from the Pharmaceutical industry.

She came to know that she needed the following things to set up the industrial unit:

  • Machinery and labour force to work in the plant.
  • Land for setting up the plant.
  • NOC from competent authorities before taking the product to the market.
  • Other licenses like NOC from fire service department.
  • Industries that will give tubes to fill ready toothpaste and cartons to wrap the product.
  • Appoint an advertising agency to promote the product.

She was reluctant for this start-up since it required land and a large capital investment. But she felt relieved that due to the Government’s Start-up schemes, she can get subsidised loan. Her father helped her solve her land problem. He had a small piece of land near her town which was sufficient for this purpose. He arranged for other basic amenities like water, electricity, etc. which are required for an industry. He leased out that plot to Sejal.

Asif realised that he mainly needed services and labour for his start-up, which he can arrange by hiring them from various agencies like caterers, florists, hall owners, band players, sound systems, etc. He also understood how to take permission from various competent authorities to arrange various events. He realised that it will be good if he opens up an office to start his business in the market. To advertise his start up, he got a brochure designed and printed visiting cards for marketing his services.

After planning for a year, all the friends started their entrepreneurship in their respective businesses. As their businesses have been established as per their likings; they are enjoying their work. Their businesses are now their passions.

Question 1.
What do you understand by the term competent authorities?
Answer:
A competent authority is a person or organization that has the legally delegated or invested authority, capacity or power to perform a designated function.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 2.
In which types of economic activities are the children in the story engaged?
Answer:
Children in the story are engaged in the following economic activities:

  • Rohit – primary activity
  • Sejal – tertiary activity
  • Asif – tertiary activity

Question 3.
While being occupied in their type of economic activity, which other activities they interact with?
Answer:
Rohit, Sejal and Asif interacted with the following activities for the development of their activities. Agriculture officer, vendors, pharmacist, competent authorities, service department, advertising agency, caterers, florists, hall owners, band players, sound system provider, brochure designer, etc.

Question 4.
Classify all the economic activities you come across in the passage.
Answer:
All economic activities we came across are basically tertiary economic activities. However, we can divide these tertiary economic activities in two groups
(i) Quaternary economic activities : Advertising agency, caterers, florists, hall owners, band players, sound system provider and brochure designer, etc.

(ii) Quinary economic activities : Agriculture officer, pharmacists, competent authority, fire service department, etc.

Use your brain power!

Question 1.
Do tertiary activities involve only services? (Textbook Page No. 56)
Answer:
Yes, tertiary activities involve only services to businessmen and people.

Question 2.
Can there be products in tertiary activities? (Textbook Page No. 56)
Answer:
There cannot be products in tertiary activities; they only provide services for distribution of primary and secondary products to consumers.

Question 3.
Given below are the countries which are least dependent on tourism. Locate these countries on a map. Explain the geographical factors which are responsible for non¬development of tourism in these countries. (Textbook Page No. 62)

Country Contribution of Tourism to GDP (%) (2018)
Democratic Republic of the Congo 0.66
Papua New Guinea 0.66
Uzbekistan 0.93
Moldova 0.96
Gabon 1.02

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 2
Tourism is not developed in these countries because of unfavourable physical factors such as climate, relief, location, dense forest, etc.

In Gabon, Papua New Guinea and in Democratic Republic of the Congo, there is equatorial type of climate, dense forest growth, wet land areas, so there are problems in development of transport facilities and infrastructure. Most of the areas in the country are inaccessible.

The countries of Moldova and Uzbekistan are landlocked countries, there is extreme climate, rainfall is very limited. Due to extreme climate tourists are not interested to visit these countries.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 4.
Are maps a means of communication? (Textbook Page No. 63)
Answer:
Yes, maps are means of communication because they provide a lot of information.

Can you tell?

Question 1.
In many economic activities included in tertiary occupations are enlisted. Classify the following economic activities in the following two categories:

  1. Activities dependent on geographical factors.
  2. Activities not dependent on geographical factors. (Textbook Page No. 56)

Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 3

Question 2.
Make a list of things you use in your daily life. (Textbook Page No. 57)
Answer:
(i) Divide the activities through which they have been obtained into primary, secondary and tertiary. For example, salt is obtained from primary activity.
(ii) Does your list contain any products which have been derived by using either of the activities?
Answer:

Primary Activities Secondary Activities Tertiary Activities
Rice Idli Newspaper
Wheat Bread TV program
Potato Potato chips Internet
Tomato Tomato ketchup Landline
Sugarcane Jaggery Banking services
Chili Chili powder Mobile services
Onion Mixer Hospitals
Pulses Washing machine Theatres
Fans

(ii) All above products are received from primary, secondary and tertiary activities.

Question 3.
Can intelligence or physical efforts be imported or exported? (Textbook Page No. 61)
Answer:
Yes, intelligence or physical efforts can be imported or exported in the form of intelligent people or skilled people. For example, Saudi Arabia invited many engineers to construct the roads, bridges, flyovers, etc., in their country, therefore there was development of infrastructure in their country.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 4.
(i) What are the lists of items mentioned in timeline related to?
(ii) Which means you are aware of?
(iii) Which means do you actually use?
(iv) Which of these are now outdated?
(v) What could be reasons for them getting outdated?
(vi) Can you add more to the list? (Textbook Page No. 62)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 4
Answer:
(i) In the list means of communication are mentioned.
(ii) We are aware of a postman, telegram, telephone, fax, radio, pager, email, mobile, satellite phones.
(iii) We use telephone, radio, mobile, email, satellite phones.
(iv) Coloured smoke, messenger, horsemen/camel man are outdated means of communication
(v) Coloured smoke, messenger, horsemen/camel man are outdated means of communication because of limited speed. They can be operated in limited area and difficult to use as against modern communication system.
(vi) The Internet banking, email, WhatsApp, NEFT, RTGS, etc., are the other means of communication.

Question 5.
Which practicals of geography for Class 11 and Class 12 have you carried out with the help of satellites? (Textbook Page No. 63)
Answer:
Topographical maps of survey of India.

Make friends with maps!

Look at the map in Fig. 6.2 and answer the following questions : (Textbook Page No. 57)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 5

Question 1.
Which means of transportation are shown in the map?
Answer:
Waterways, airways and railways are shown in the map.

Question 2.
Between which continents do you see an overall higher flow of transportation?
Answer:
High flow of transportation is seen between North America and Europe.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 3.
Which canals can you see in their waterways? What can be the purpose?
Answer:
We see two canals in waterways: Suez Canal and Panama Canal.
The purpose of construction of Suez Canal is to avoid the long route along Cape of Good Hope in Africa. This canal reduced the distance of travel by thousands of kilometres between Europe and Asia.

The purpose of construction of Panama Canal is to avoid the long distance route between Eastern coastline and Western coastline of North America. This canal provided a short cut to connect two coastlines.

Question 4.
Which two major cities in India are connected internationally through airways?
Answer:
The two major cities in India connected internationally through airways are Delhi and Mumbai.

Question 5.
Which two continents show lesser use of air routes?
Answer:
Africa and South America show lesser use of air routes.

Question 6.
Which two continents show lesser use of rail routes? Why?
Answer:
The continents of Africa and South America have lesser use of rail route because in both the continents physical factors like climate and relief are not favourable for development of rail route. Due to the mountains, hills, dense forest and desert in these areas, the construction and maintenance of the railway line is difficult and expensive.

Question 7.
Which rail route connects two continents?
Answer:
The Trans-Siberian Railway connects two continents i.e., Asia and Europe.

Question 8.
Why do you see a concentration of transportation routes in the southern part of Australia as opposed to northern parts in all the continents?
Answer:
Compared to the northern part of Australia, southern part is having levelled land, equable climate, urbanisation and industrialisation. Therefore, concentration of transport routes is more in the southern part of Australia.

Question 9.
Which continents do not have continuous internal rail routes? Why?
Answer:
South America and Africa do not have continuous internal rail routes because some areas in these continents are densely forested and extensive areas are covered by deserts and mountains.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Try this

Question 1.
Consider the following conditions a, b, and c and answer the questions that follow
(a) There are two countries ‘A’ and ‘B’. ‘A’ produces 500 tonnes of wheat by employing 200 labourers. ‘B’ produces 1,000 tonnes of wheat by employing 300 labourers.
(b) Country ‘C’ produces 300 kg of tea and ‘D’ produces 500 kg of coffee. ‘C’ does not produce coffee and ‘D’ does not produce tea.
(c) Country ‘E’ has expertise in water engineering and agriculture. Country ‘F’ has expertise in metro-making. (Textbook Page No. 59)
(i) Will the trade take place between A and B in condition (a)?
Answer:
No, trade of wheat will not take place in between A and B because both are producing wheat.

Question 2.
Will trade take place between C and D in condition (b)?
Answer:
Yes, trade will take place between C and D in condition (b) because C country produces tea and D country produces coffee. Since they produce different products – tea and coffee, they will exchange their products through trade.

Question 3.
If trade occurs between A and B in condition (a), what does it tell you about the conditions of countries in term of their economy?
Answer:
Firstly, both countries are producing wheat and therefore, if their production of wheat is sufficient for their population, trade will not take place.
Secondly, per capita production of wheat in country A is less than country B. As a result, the cost of production of wheat in country A is more than B country.

Under the above conditions if country B is ready to export wheat to country A, country A will get wheat from B at the lower cost than the production cost in their country and trade in wheat will take place and both countries will be economically benefited and can improve their economy.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 4.
If trade occurs between C and D in (b), what does it tell you about the climate of the countries?
Answer:
Country C produces tea and country D produces coffee. So country C can export tea to country D and country D can export coffee to country C and trade will take place between C and D depending upon market for tea and coffee in respective countries.

As far as climate is concerned in both countries there must be tropical climate because cultivation of tea as well as coffee needs same type of climate conditions. Since both crops requires same climate, both can produce tea and coffee too and avoid trade or one can specialize in tea cultivation and another in coffee cultivation and develop trade.

Question 5.
Considering that trade occurs between two countries in condition (c), what does it tell you about the human resources of the countries?
Answer:
Country E has developed technology in water engineering and agriculture. While F has developed technology in construction of the metro. This shows that both countries are technologically advanced and hence their human resources are very rich.

Question 6.
Make a list of factors which affect the trade between any two countries.
Answer:
The various factors which affect the trade area are as follows:

  • Difference in natural resources
  • Climate
  • Population
  • Culture
  • Economic cost
  • Specialisation
  • Government policy

Question 7.
The graph shows trade carried from 1980 to 2010 through sea transport. Interpret the graph in your own words. (Textbook Page No. 61)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 6
Answer:
Between 1980 and 2010 transportation in the Atlantic Ocean declined by almost 50%, whereas sea transport in the Pacific Ocean has increased considerably. There is slight growth in the sea transport in Indian Ocean. There is no change in sea transport in Mediterranean Sea during the same period.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 8.
See the following two tables and answer the questions given below:
What do the tables shows?
Are the countries in the table same?
Locate them on the world map.
Can you tell, why contribution of tourism is high in these countries in terms of GDP and employment?
Write a concluding paragraph on factors affecting tourism as an occupation in a country. (Textbook Page No. 61)

TABLE 1: Direct Contribution of Travel and Tourism to GDP of some regions (%) (2018)
Maldives 38.92
British Virgin Islands 32.96
Macao 28.01
Aruba 27.64
Seychelles 25.73
TABLE 2 : People engaged in tourism in some regions (%) (2018)
Aruba 29.91
St. Lucia 27.29
The Bahamas 26.49
Macao 26.48
Seychelles 25.35

Answer:
(i) Table 1 shows direct contribution of travel and tourism to GDP of some regions in (%) 2018. Table 2 shows people engaged in tourism in some regions in (%) in 2018.

(ii) Countries shown in the table are island countries.

(iii) Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 7

(iv) These are island countries having beautiful beaches and scenery. They provide coastal water sports as well as sea adventure sports facilities to tourists. Naturally large numbers of tourists are attracted and therefore, the contribution of tourists in these countries in terms of GDP and employment is very high.

(v) Today, tourism is one of the fastest growing economic activities in the world. Beautiful natural scenery attracts a large number of tourists. Waterfalls, glaciers, beautiful beaches attract large number of tourists.

Apart from good climate and beautiful scenery, the development of tourism also depends upon the availability of certain amenities for tourists. The tourist centres must be easily accessible. Air transports have revolutionized travel. Roads and railways are other modes of transportation which make tourist places accessible.

Places of tourist interest must provide good accommodation facilities. Five star hotels, ordinary hotels, guest houses, holiday camps, etc., are essential for the overnight stay of tourists.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Question 9.
In Fig. 6.6, five hypothetical countries and some information about their conditions are given. Study them carefully and answer the following questions:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 8
(i) Considering the natural resources available in these countries, which activities will flourish here? (Textbook Page No. 63)
(ii) Between which countries will export-import of goods occur? (Textbook Page No. 63)
(iii) Which tertiary activities will take place here? (Textbook Page No. 64)
(iv) Considering the location of E country, how will it carry out trade with other countries? (Textbook Page No. 64)
(v) Write in your own words the effect of geographical factors on human economic activities in these countries. (Textbook Page No. 64)
Answer:
(i) Agriculture, fishing, trade, lumbering activities will flourish.

(ii) The export-import trade will occur between all countries because all countries have developed different economic activities and have specialisation of different products. They can exchange the goods.

(iii) Transportation, trade, wholesaling, retailing, banking, financial institutes, etc., will develop.

(iv) ‘E’ country is an island country, therefore it can carry trade with other countries by water transport.

(v) Due to availability of natural resources all primary activities are developed in these countries.

  • Due to fertile soil, and water supply by river, agriculture is developed. Rice, tea, coffee and fruit crops are grown in most of the countries.
  • Due to coastal location, trade & fishing activities are developed in all countries.
  • In ‘D’ and ‘E’ countries, due to forest growth lumbering can be developed.
  • For transport of primary goods and to carry export-import, tertiary activities like transportation, wholesaling, retailing, banking, etc., will develop.

Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities

Find out

Question 1.
Find out, what are these places famous for (Textbook Page No. 61)
(i) Coorg, Yusmarg, Saputara, Ladghar, Milan, Marina beach, Istanbul.
(ii) What is the main economic activity carried here?
(iii) Is there any relationship between their location (geographical) and their economic activities?
Answer:
(i) All places mentioned are places of tourist interest. Coorg, Yusmarg, Saputara are hill stations, Ladghar and Marina are beaches, Milan is world famous fashion centre and Istanbul is a major city and cultural centre in Turkey.
(ii) Main economic activity is tourism at all places.
(iii) Yes, there is relationship between their location and their economic activities. For e.g., Marina and Ladghar are beaches, Coorg and Saputara are hill stations.

Give it a try

Question 1.
Draw a suitable graph for the information given in table 6.1. and write a paragraph interpreting the data. (Textbook Page No. 63)
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 9
Answer:
Maharashtra Board Class 12 Geography Solutions Chapter 6 Tertiary Economic Activities 10
Interpretation of the data and graph.
The data and graph shows contribution of primary, secondary and tertiary sectors in the national income in the year 2018.

We can divide these ten countries, on the basis of persons engaged in primary activities, as less than 5% workers engaged in primary activity and more than 50% workers engaged in tertiary activities.

There are four countries – Denmark, Russia, United Kingdom and USA, where less than 5% workers are engaged in primary activities and there are six countries – Denmark, Russia, United Kingdom, USA and India, where more than 50% workers are engaged in tertiary activities.

In all ten countries, number of workers engaged in secondary activities are in the range of 20% to 30%, except Russia where 43% workers are engaged in secondary activities.

From the above discussion we can draw the conclusion that Kenya, Uganda, Tajikistan, Tanzania are developing countries and Denmark, Russia, USA, United Kingdom, New Zealand are the developed countries.